OA18107A

OA18107A - Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands

Info

Publication number: OA18107A
Application number: OA1201600393
Authority: OA
Inventors: Chakrapani Subramanyam; Amy Beth Dounay; Scot Richard MENTE; Jennifer Elizabeth Davoren; Lei Zhang; Ivan Viktorovich Efremov; David Lawrence Firman Gray
Original assignee: Pfizer Inc.
Priority date: 2014-04-25
Filing date: 2015-04-09
Publication date: 2018-06-14

Abstract

The present invention provides, in part, compounds of Formula I:

Description

HETEROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE AS DOPAMINE D1 LIGANDS

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The présent invention generally relates to heteroaromatic compounds, which are dopamine D1 ligands, for example dopamine D1 agonists or partial agonists.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Dopamine acts upon neurons through two families of dopamine receptors, D1like receptors (D1Rs) and D2-like receptors (D2Rs). The D1-like receptor family consists of D1 and D5 receptors which are expressed in many régions of the brain. D1 mRNA has been found, for example, in the striatum and nucléus accumbens. See e.g., Missale C, Nash SR, Robinson SW, Jaber M, Caron MG “Dopamine receptors: from structure to fonction”, Physiological Reviews 78:189-225 (1998). Pharmacological studies hâve reported that D1 and D5 receptors (D1/D5), namely D1 -like receptors, are linked to stimulation of adenylyl cyclase, whereas D2, D3, and D4 receptors, namely D2-like receptors, are linked to inhibition of cAMP production.

Dopamine D1 receptors are implicated in numerous neuropharmacological and neurobiological functions. For example, D1 receptors are involved in different types of memory fonction and synaptic plasticity. See e.g., Goldman-Rakic PS et al., “Targeting the dopamine D1 receptor in schizophrenia: insights for cognitive dysfonction”,

Psychopharmacology 174(1):3-16 (2004). Moreover, D1 receptors hâve been implicated in a variety of psychiatrie, neurological, neurodevelopmental, neurodegenerative, mood, motivational, metabolic, cardiovascular, rénal, ophthalmic, endocrine, and/or other disorders described herein including schizophrenia (e.g., cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive impairment associated with D2 antagonist therapy, ADHD, impulsivity, autism spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive décliné, Alzheimer’s dementia, Parkinson’s disease (PD), Huntington’s chorea, dépréssion, anxiety, treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, Tourettés syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, sexual dysfonction, migraine, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), hyperglycemia, dislipidemia, obesity, diabètes, sepsis, post-ischemic tubular necrosis, rénal failure, résistant edema, narcolepsy, hypertension, congestive heart failure, postoperative ocular hypotonia, sleep disorders, pain, and other disorders in a mammal. See e.g.,

Goulet M, Madras BK “D(1) dopamine receptor agonists are more effective in alleviating advanced than mild parkinsonism in 1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinetreated monkeys”, Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapy 292(2):714-24 (2000); Surmeier DJ et al., “The rôle of dopamine in modulating the structure and function of striatal circuits”, Prog. Brain Res. 183:149-67 (2010).

New or improved agents that modulate (such as agonize or partially agonize) D1R are needed for developing new and more effective pharmaceuticals to treat diseases or conditions associated with dysregulated activation of D1 R, such as those described herein.

WO2013026516 reports bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds having the following structure

that are kinase inhibitors and can be used, for example, for treating tumors.

US2012/0329780 reports pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds having the following structure

that are capable of inhibiting one or more kinases, especially SYK (Spleen Tyrosine Kinase), LRRK2 (Leucine-rich repent kinase 2) and/or MYLK (Myosin light chain kinase) or mutants thereof.

CN102558147 reports pyridinecarboxamide dérivatives of the following formula:

as inhibitors of tyrosine kinase and/or serine-threonine kinase fortreating cancer.

US2012/0022090 reports substituted benzoxazole, benzimidazole, oxazolopyridine, and imidazopyridine dérivative of the following structure

that are γ-secretase modulators useful in the treatment of diseases.

US/20100056548 reports thienopyrimidines having the following structure

R, useful for the production of pharmaceutical compositions for the prophylaxis and/or treatment of diseases which can be influenced by the inhibition of the kinase activity of Mnk1 and/or Mnk2 (Mnk2a or Mnk2b) and/or variants thereof.

W02007009524 reports 2-arylbenzothiazoles of the following formula

R₅

^R7

useful as protein kinase inhibitors for treating diseases such as those associated with abnormal and hyperproliferation of cells.

US2005/0153989 reports compounds of the following structure

useful for treating and/or preventing conditions and diseases associated with kinase activity, e. g., EGFR activity, such as cancer, hyperplasia, psoriasis, cardiac hypertrophy, arthrosclerosis, dermatitis and/or diseases or conditions associated with undesired cellular hyperproliferation.

Abou-Zeid, K. A. M. et al, “synthesis of 6-(4-(substituted amino)phenyl)-4,510 dihydropyridazin-3(2H)-ones as potential positive inotropic agents,” Egyptian Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1998), Volume Date 1997, 38(4-6), 319-331, reports some pyridazinones, for example

, that were evaluated as inhibitors of cardiac cAMP phosphodiesterase.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In a first aspect, the présent invention provides a method for treating a D1mediated (or D1-associated) disorder in a mammal, which method comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

L¹ is O, S, NRⁿ, C(=O), CH(OH), orCH(OCH₃);

Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, an N-containing 4- to 12membered heterocycloalkyl, or phenyl, each optionally substituted with one R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰;

X¹ is O, S, NH, N(Ci-₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl);

X² is N or C-T²;

X³ is N or C-T³;

provided that when X¹ is O or S, then at least one of X² and X³ is not N;

X⁴ is N or C-T⁴;

T¹ is H, -OH, halogen, -CN, or optionally substituted Ci-₂ alkyl;

each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, halogen, -CN, optionally substituted Cm alkyl, optionally substituted C3-4 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropylmethyl, and optionally substituted C1-4 alkoxy;

R^N is H, C1-4 alkyl, C3-4 cycloalkyl, or - C1-2 alkyl-C3-4 cycloalkyl, each of R¹ and R² is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein each of said Ci-₆ alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from halo, -OH, -NH2, -NH(CH₃), 10 N(CH₃)₂, -CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;

each of R³ and R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -OH, -N02, -CN, -SFs, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C-ι-β haloalkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, -N(R^S)(R⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -OC(=O)-R⁸, 15 N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R⁸), -S(=O)2-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Ci.e alkyl, C₃7 cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, Cm alkyl, C-1-4 alkoxy, C1.4 haloalkyl, Cm haloalkoxy, C₃.₆ cycloalkyl, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -C(=O)-OR^a, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)R⁸, -C(=O)N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R⁸), -S(=0)220 N(R⁵)(R⁶), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸;

or R¹ and R³ together with the two carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused N-containing 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, a fused N-containing 5- or 6membered heterocycloalkyl, a fused 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a fused benzene ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂, C1.3 alkyl, C1.3 alkoxy, C1-3 haloalkyl, and C1-3 haloalkoxy;

R⁵ is H, Cm alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, or C3-7 cycloalkyl;

R⁶ is H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, Ce-io aryl, θ 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C₆_io ary 1)-0^4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroarylj-C-M alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂, CN, C1-4 alkyl, C₃-7 cycloalkyl, C1.4 hydroxylalkyl, -S-C-m alkyl, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-Ci-4 alkyl, -C(=O)-O-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(C₁.₄ alkyl)₂, Cm haloalkyl, C1.4 alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁵ and R⁸ together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)OH, C(=O)-Ci-₄ alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Ci-₄ alkyl)₂, -CN, C-μ alkyl, Ci-₄ alkoxy, Ci-₄hydroxylalkyl, C-|.₄ haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of H, C-|.₄ alkyl, and C3-7 cycloalkyl;

R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of C-m alkyl, C₃_7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 14membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-ioaryl, a 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C₃.₇ cycloalkyl)Ci_₄ alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-C-|.₄ alkyl-, (C₆-io aryl)-Ci_₄ alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryQ-C^ alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF₃, -CN, -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH3)2, oxo, S-Ci.₄ alkyl, Ci.₄ alkyl, Υ haloalkyl, C₂-e alkenyl, C₂.₆ alkynyl, C₃.₇ cycloalkyl, Ci-₄alkoxy, and C-m haloalkoxy;

each of and R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -CN, -SF5, -NO2, oxo, thiono, C1.6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 hydroxylalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C-m haloalkoxy, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2.6 alkenyl, C2.6 alkynyl, C6-10 aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-10 aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said C1-6 alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Ce-io aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-10 aryl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl- is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO2, C-m alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, N(R⁵)(R⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=0)2-(Cm alkyl), C₆-io aryloxy, [(C₆-io aryl)-Ci-₄ alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl], oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)OCm alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and an adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on Q¹ to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 independently selectedR^10a; and each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH,

-N(R⁵)(R⁸), -C(=0)0H, -C(=0)-Ci-4 alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Ci-₄ alkyl)₂, -CN, -SF_s,

Ci-4 alkyl, C1.4 alkoxy, C1.4 hydroxylalkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, and C1-4 haloalkoxy, with the provisos that (1) when X¹ is NH, X³ is N, and L¹ is NH, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 1/7-imidazol-1-yl or an optionally substituted monocyclic d /7-1,2,4-triazol-yl;

(2) Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted benzo[d]thiazolyl (e.g., benzo[c(]thiazol-2yi);

(3) when X¹ is S, X² is C-T², X³ is C-T³, and X⁴ is N, then L¹ is other than NRⁿ;

(4) when X⁴ is N, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted phenyl; and (5) when X² is N, X³ is C-T³, and X⁴ is N, then X¹ is other than NH, N(Ci_₄ alkyl),

N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl).

In some embodiments, when X¹ is NH, Ν(0·μ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂cyclopropyl), then L¹ is other than NRⁿ.

In some embodiments, when X¹ is S, NH, N(C-m alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂cyclopropyl), then L¹ is other than NRⁿ.

In some embodiments, L¹ is other than NRⁿ.

In some embodiments, when X⁴ is N, then X¹ is other than NH, N(Ci-₄alkyl),

N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl).

In some embodiments, Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 2oxo-1 H-pyridin-1-yl.

In some embodiments, L¹ is other than NRⁿ; Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted benzo[c/]thiazolyl; Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted phenyl; and when X⁴ is N, then X¹ is other than NH, N(C-|.₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂cyclopropyl). In some further embodiments, Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 2-oxo-1H-pyridin-1-yl. In some yet further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In still further embodiments, L¹ is O.

In some embodiments, the disorder is selected from schizophrenia (e.g., cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive impairment [e.g., cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia, cognitive impairment associated with AD, cognitive impairment associated with PD, cognitive impairment associated with pharmacotherapy therapy (e.g., D2 antagonist therapy)], attention déficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), impulsivity, compulsive gambling, overeating, autism spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), agerelated cognitive décliné, dementia (e.g., senile dementia, HIV-associated dementia, Alzheimer’s dementia, Lewy body dementia, vascular dementia, or frontotemporal dementia), restless leg syndrome (RLS), Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s chorea, anxiety, dépréssion (e.g., age-related dépréssion), major dépressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, drug abuse relapse, Tourette’s syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, excessive daytime sleepiness, cachexia, inattention, sexual dysfunction (e.g., erectile dysfunction or post-SSRI sexual dysfunction), migraine, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), hyperglycemia, atherosclerosis, dislipidemia, obesity, diabètes, sepsis, post-ischemic tubular necrosis, rénal failure, hyponatremia, résistant edema, narcolepsy, hypertension, congestive heart failure, postoperative ocular hypotonia, sleep disorders, and pain.

In some embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In some further embodiments, L¹ is S.

In some embodiments, L¹ is O.

In some embodiments, L¹ is NH.

In some embodiments, L¹ is C(=O), CH(OH), or CH(OCH3).

In some embodiments, T¹ is H, F, Cl, methyl, or Ci fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, T¹ is H, F, Cl, methyl, orCi fluoroalkyl; and each of T², T³, andT⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C-m alkyl, C^ haloalkyl, C3-4 cycloalkyl, C3-4 halocycloalkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, Cm alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy. In some further embodiments, each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, methyl, and Ci fluoroalkyl,

In some embodiments, T¹ is H and T⁴ is H.

In some embodiments, each of T² and T³ is independently H, CN, F, Cl, Br, methyl, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, orCi fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; and 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N. In some further embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; and X⁴ is N.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; and X³ is C-T³. In some further embodiments, X⁴ is N.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; and one and only one of X² and X³ is N. In some further embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; and 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N. In some further embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; and 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N. In some further embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N and X¹ is S.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; and X¹ is S. In some further embodiments, 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; and X¹ is NH. In some further embodiments, 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; and X¹ is O. In some further embodiments, 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c:

R¹ R³

l-c or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically io acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-h:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

The embodiments described herein in the first aspect of the invention, unless specified otherwisely, include the methods for use of a compound of Formula I, l-a, l-b, l-c, l-d, l-e, l-f, l-g, or l-h, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H.

In some embodiments, each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy.

In some embodiments, R³is H and R⁴ is H, halogen, -CN, methyl, orCi haloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is H and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one R⁹and 1, 2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰.

In some embodiments, Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted with one R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰.

In some embodiment:

R⁹ is halogen(e.g. Cl), Ci-4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, -CN, -SFs, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Ci-θ alkoxy, C-i-6 haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkoxy, orC3-7 cycloalkyl, wherein each of the Ci-4 alkyl and C3.7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R^S)(R⁶), C-μ alkyl, Ci-₄haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C-μ alkoxy, and C-m haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -SF5, -NO2, oxo, thiono, C-|.B alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, C^ hydroxylalkyl, C^e alkoxy, C-i-6 haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C2.6 alkenyl, C2.6 alkynyl, C6-io aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-io aryl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶),

-C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Ci-e alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-ia aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-10 aryl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl- is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO2, C1-4 alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=O)2-(Ci-4 alkyl), C6-10 aryloxy, [(C6-10 aryl)-Ci-4 alkyloxy- optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ci.4 alkyl], oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-Ci-₄ alkyl, -0(=0)0-0^ alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, NHC(=0)H, -NHC(=O)-(Ci-4 alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, C1-4 haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and an adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on Q¹ to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 independently selectedR^10a.

In some embodiment, R⁹ is halogen (e.g. Cl), C1-4 alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, -CN, -SF5, -N(R^S)(R⁶), C-i-6 alkoxy, Ci_6 haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkoxy, or C3.7 cycloalkyl, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3.7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, N(R⁵)(R⁶), Cm alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy. In some further embodiments, R⁹ is C1-4 alkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, -CN, -SF5, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), C1.6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C₃-7 cycloalkoxy, or C₃-7 cycloalkyl, wherein each of the C1-4 alkyl and C3.7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R⁵)(R⁸), C1-4 alkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy.

In some embodiments:

(“Moiety M¹”);

ring Q^1a is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to

6-membered heterocycloalkyl;

------represents a single bond or double bond;

each of Z¹ and Z² is independently C or N;

R⁹ is halogen(e.g. Cl), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), C1-6 alkoxy, Ci-e haloalkoxy, or C3-7 cycloalkoxy, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3-7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Cm alkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C-m alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -NO2, oxo, thiono, C1-6 alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, Ci-6 haloalkoxy, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-10 aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C2-4 alkenyl-, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, and OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci.4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-io aryl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C2-4 alkenyl- is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO2, Cm alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, N(R^S)(R⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=0)2-(Cm alkyl), C₆-io aryloxy, (C₆-io aryl)-CM alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)O-Ci4 alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and the adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on ring Q^1a to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 independently selected R^10a;

each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, C(=O)OH, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=0)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, (C^.₂ alkoxy)-Ci-₄ alkyl-, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy; and m is 0,1, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, Q¹ is a moiety of Moiety M¹ and Z¹ is C.

In some embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is an optionally substituted N-containing 6membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is an optionally substituted pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl. In some further embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl.

In some embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen (e.g., Cl), CN, Ci_₄ alkyl, Ci-₄haloalkyl, (Ci_₂ alkoxy)-Ci_₄ alkyl-, and C₃.₇ cycloalkyl. In some further embodiments, Q¹or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, orpyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CN, Ci-4 alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (C1-2 alkoxy)-Ci-4 alkyl-, and C3.7 cycloalkyl. In still further embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CN, Ci-4 alkyl, and Cm haloalkyl.

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, 1/7pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[2,1 -c][1,2,4]triazinyl, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, 1H-indazolyl, 9/7-purinyl, imidazo[1,2a]pyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, isoxazolo[5,4-c]pyridazinyl, isoxazolo[3,4cjpyridazinyl, and [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-ô]pyridazinyl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R¹⁰ and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R^10a; or wherein Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, 1/7pyrazolyl, 1/7-pyrrolyl, 4/7-pyrazolyl, 1/7-imidazolyl, 1/7-imidazolyl, 3-oxo-2/7-pyridazinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyrimidinyl, 1/7-2-oxo-pyridinyl, 2,4(1A/,3H)-dioxo-pyrimidinyl, and 1/7-2-oxopyrazinyl, each substituted with R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R¹⁰.

In some embodiments:

R^10a is C1-4 alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, (C1-2 alkoxy)-C-|.₄ alkyl-, or C₃.₇ cycloalkyl; t1 is 0 or 1; and tisOorl.

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is

e”).

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is

m”), or

R¹¹ is H, C1.4 alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, (Ci-₂ alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, or C3.7 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is halogen (e.g., Cl), C₃.₆ cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), Cm alkyl, or-CN. In some further embodiments, R⁹ is halogen (e.g., Cl), C1.4 alkyl, orCN.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is C1.4 alkyl or -CN. In some further embodiments, R⁹ is C-i-4 alkyl. In some yet further embodiments, R⁹ is methyl.

In some embodiments, each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen (e.g., Cl), C1.4 alkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, (C-i-₂ alkoxy)-Ci-4 alkyl-, -CN, and -N(R⁵)(R⁶), wherein each of R⁵ and R⁸ independently is H or selected from the group 10 consisting of Cm alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, and C3.7 cycloalkyl; or R⁵ and R⁶ together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, C1.4 alkyl, C1.4 alkoxy, C3.6 cycloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, and C1.4 haloalkoxy. In some further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is independently halogen (e.g., Cl), C1-4 alkyl or CN. In yet further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In still yet further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is C1.4 alkyl (e.g., methyl). In further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is C-i-4 alkyl methyl.

In some embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently halogen (e.g., Cl), C₃.

b cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), C1-4 alkyl, or-CN. In some further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently halogen (e.g., Cl), C-m alkyl, or-CN.

In some embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1-4 alkyl or CN. In some further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and

M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. in still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-t haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 35 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and 10 each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

C-ι haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹15 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and 20 M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹ ; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is 5 O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 20 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. in some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹

is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and

M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 10 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H 10 or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C^ haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. Inyetfurther embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹20 is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. Inyetfurther embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H,

halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 5 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. I.n still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further

embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C₁ haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-ι haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and 5 M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and

M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 15 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and 25 each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹30 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹

is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 10 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 25 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-

g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of

R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹20 k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ct

haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹;

and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and

R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, 25 or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H 30 or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, 35 L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen;

and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C₁ haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³25 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 30 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In 35 some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still

further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³20 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 25 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴

is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In 5 yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In

yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M , and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Ci_₄alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. in some

further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. in some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R^1a is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C₁ haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still

further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula )-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. |n some 5 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl 10 orCN.

The first aspect of the invention includes any subset of any embodiment described herein.

The first aspect of the invention includes combinations of two or more embodiments described herein, or any subset thereof.

The first aspect of the invention further provides the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subset thereof) for use in treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder described herein.

The first aspect of the invention further provides use of the compound of Formula 20 I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subset thereof) for treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder described herein.

The first aspect of the invention further provides use of the compound of Formula

I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subset thereof) in manufacturing a médicament for use in treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder described herein.

The term therapeutically effective amount as used herein refers to that amount of the compound (including a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disorder being treated. In reference to the treatment of a D1-mediated disorder (e.g., schizophrenia), a therapeutically effective amount refers to that amount which has the effect of relieving to some extent (or, for example, eliminating) one or more symptoms associated with a D1-mediated disorder (e.g., schizophrenia, or cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia, or cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia).

The term treating, as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, means reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing the disorder or condition to which such term applies, or one or more symptoms of such disorder or condition. The term treatment, as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, refers to the act of treating as treating is defined herein. The term “treating” also includes adjuvant and neo-adjuvant treatment of a subject.

The compound of Formula I or its sait used in the method for treating a D1mediated (or D1-associated) disorder of présent invention is a D1R modulator (e.g., a D1 agoninst for example, a D1 partial agonist). The amount of the compound of

Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable amount used in the method of the présent invention is effective in modulating (e.g., agonizing or partially agonizing) D1R.

The présent invention further provides a method for modulating (such as agonizing or partially agonizing) an activity of D1R (either in vitro or in vivo), comprising contacting (including incubating) the D1R with a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (such as one selected from Examples 1-69 herein) described herein.

In a second aspect, the présent invention provides a compound of Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

L¹ is O, S, NRⁿ, C(=O), or CH(OH);

Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to 6membered heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰;

X¹ is O, S, NH, N(Ci-₄alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl);

X² is N or C-T²;

X³ is N or C-T³;

provided that when X¹ is O or S, then at least one of X² and X² is not N;

X⁴ is N or C-T⁴;

T¹ is H, F, Cl, methyl, or Ci fluoroalkyl;

each of T², T³, andT⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, Cm alkyl, C1.4 haloalkyl, C₃.₄ cycloalkyl, C_M halocycloalkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy;

Rⁿ is H, C1.4 alkyl, C₃.4 cycloalkyl, or - Ci-₂ alkyl-C₃-4 cycloalkyl, each of R¹ and R² is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C-m alkyl, Ci_₆ haloalkyl, Ci-₆ alkoxy, C-|.₆ haloalkoxy, C₃.6 cycloalkyl, C(=O)OH, and C(=O)-O-(Ci-4 alkyl), wherein each of said Ci-₆ alkyl and C₃-6 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from halo, -OH, -CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each of R³ and R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -OH, -N0₂, -CN, -SF₅, Ci-₆ alkyl, Ci-₆ haloalkyl, C-i-₆ haloalkoxy, C₂.₆ alkenyl, C₂.₆ alkynyl, C₃_7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, -N(R^S)(R⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -OC(=O)-R⁸, N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R⁸), -S(=O)2-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said C-|.₆ alkyl, C₃.

7 cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, C-m alkyl, Cm alkoxy, C-m haloalkyl, Cm haloalkoxy, C₃.₆ cycloalkyl, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -C(=O)-OR⁸, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)R⁸, -C(=O)N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸;

or R¹ and R³ together with the two carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused N-containing 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, a fused N-containing 5- or 6membered heterocycloalkyl, a fused 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a fused benzene ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OH, C-i-₃ alkyl, Ci-₃ alkoxy, C-i-₃ haloalkyl, and

C-i-₃ haloalkoxy;

R⁵ is H, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, or C₃.₇ cycloalkyl;

R⁶ is H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C₃.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C₃.₇ cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-₄ alkyl-, 30 (C6-10 aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CN, Cm alkyl, C₃.₇ cycloalkyl, C-i-4 hydroxylalkyl, -S-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=0)-0-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -C(=0)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, Cm haloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁵ and R⁶ together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Ci-4 alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, 5 C(=O)-N(Ci-4 alkyl)₂, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and

Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of H, C-m alkyl, and C3-7 cycloalkyl;

R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 14membered heterocycloalkyl, Ce-ία aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)10 C1.4 alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-C-f-4 alkyl-, (C₆-io aryl)-C-i-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C-M alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF₃, -CN, -OH, oxo, -S-C-m alkyl, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C₂-6 alkenyl, C₂.₆ alkynyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁹ is halogen (e.g. Cl), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, -CN, -SF5, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Ci-6 alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C3-7 cycloalkoxy, or C3-7 cycloalkyl, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3-7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R⁵)(R^S), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -SF₅, -NO₂, oxo, thiono, Ci-₆ alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C₂.₆ alkenyl, C₂.6 alkynyl, C₆-io aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C₆-io aryl)-Ci.₄ alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C₁.₄ alkyl-, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R^S), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C6-ia aryl, 4-to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4-to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6-io aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl- is optionally substituted with 1, 2,

3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,

OH, -CN, -NO₂, Cm alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=0)₂-(Cm alkyl), C₆.-io aryloxy, [(C₆-io aryl)-Ci-₄ alkyloxy- optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl], oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)O-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂₁ NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=0)-(Ci-4 alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and an adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on Q¹ to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 independently selectedR¹⁰³; and each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH,

-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Ci-₄ alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Ci-₄ alkyl)₂, -CN, -SF₅,

Cm alkyl, Ci-₄ alkoxy, C1-4 hydroxylalkyl, C-m haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy,with the proviso that (1) whenX¹ is NH, N(Ci-₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl), or S, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 5-memered ring;

(2) when X¹ is NH, N(Ci-₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl), or S, and L¹ is NRⁿ, then a ring-forming carbon atom of Q¹ is directly linked to the benzene ring that is substituted by R¹, R², R³, and R⁴;

(3) each of the ring-forming atoms of Q¹ is a nitrogen or carbon atom (i.e., Q¹ ring does not hâve O or S heteroatom as a ring-forming atom);

(4) when X¹ is NH, N(Cm alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl), at least one of X² and X³ is N, and L¹ is NRⁿ, then X⁴ is C-T⁴; and (5) when Q¹ is an optionally substituted 2-oxo-1H-pyridin-1-yl, then Q¹ is not substituted by -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, or-C(=O)-OR⁸.

In some embodiments, Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 220 oxo-1/7-pyridin-1-yl.

In some embodiments, when Q¹ is an optionally substituted monocylic ring, then a ring-forming carbon atom of Q¹ is directly linked to the benzene ring of Formula I that is substituted by R¹, R², R³, and R⁴.

In some embodiments, when a ring-forming nitrogen atom of Q¹ is directly linked 25 to the benzene ring of Formula I that is substituted by R¹, R², R³, and R⁴, then Q¹ is an optionally substituted bicyclic ring (e.g., an optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl).

In some embodiments, when X¹ is NH, N(Cm alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH2cyclopropyl), and L¹ is NRⁿ, then X⁴ is C-T⁴. In some further embodiments, when X¹ is NH, N(Cmalkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH2-cyclopropyl), thenX⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, when X¹ is NH, N(Ci-₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂cyclopropyl), then L¹ is other than NRⁿ.

In some embodiments, when X¹ is NH, N(C-|.₄ alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂cyclopropyl), then X⁴ is C-T⁴.

In some embodiments, L¹ is other than NRⁿ.

In some embodiments, L¹ is other than NR, each ofthe ring-forming atoms of Q¹is a nitrogen or carbon atom; Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 5memered ring; whenX¹ is NH, N(Ci-4 alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH2-cyclopropyl), then X⁴ is C-T⁴; and when Q¹ is an optionally substituted monocylic ring, then a ring-forming carbon atom of Q¹ is directly linked to the benzene ring of Formula I that is substituted by R¹, R², R³, and R⁴. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In some yet further embodiments, L¹ is O.

In some embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In some further embodiments, L¹ is S.

In some embodiments, L¹ is O.

In some embodiments, L¹ is NH.

In some embodiments, L¹ is C(=O), CH(OH), or CH(OCH₃). In some further embodiments, C(=O) or CH(OH).

In some embodiments, each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, methyl, and Ci fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, T¹ is H and T⁴ is H.

In some embodiments, each of T² and T³ is independently H, CN, F, Cl, Br, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, methyl, orCi fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, T¹ is H; each of T² and T³ is independently H, F, Cl, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, methyl, orCi fluoroalkyl; andT⁴ is H.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; and X⁴ is N.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; and X³ is C-T³.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N and X¹ is S.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; and X¹ is S. In some further embodiments, 0 or 5 1 ofX²andX³ is N.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; and X¹ is O. In some further embodiments, 0 or1 of X² and X³ is N.

to In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

R¹ R³

l-f or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g:

I-9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

The embodiments described herein in the second aspect of the invention, unless specified otherwisely, include a compound of Formula I, l-a, l-b, l-c, l-d, l-e, l-f, l-g, or Ih, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

In some embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen.

In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H.

In some embodiments, each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-i haloalkoxy.

In some embodiments, R³is H and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an

N-containing 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted with one R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰.

In some embodiments:

C'Moiety M¹”);

6-membered heterocycloalkyl;

~ représente a single bond or double bond;

each of Z¹ and Z² is independently C or N;

R⁹ is halogen (e.g. Cl), C-m alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, orC₃-7 cycloalkoxy, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3.7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -NO2, oxo, thiono, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C₃.₇ cycloalkyl, C₂-6 alkenyl, C₂.₆ alkynyl, C₆-io aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (Ce-io aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C₂-4 alkenyl-, -N(R^S)(R⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁸), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁸), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, and OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-Ci_4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (Ce-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C₂-4 alkenyl- is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO₂, Cm alkyl C1-4 hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, 30 N(R⁵)(R⁸), -S-(Ci-4 alkyl), -S(=0)₂-(Cm alkyl), C₆-io aryloxy, (C₆-io aryl)-CM alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)O-Ci18107

₄ alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6membered heteroaryl, C-m haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Ci-₄ alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=0)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, (C-|.₂ alkoxy)-Ci-4 alkyl-, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy; and m is 0,1, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, Z¹ is C.

In some embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of OH, halogen (e.g., Cl), CN, C-m alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (C-i-₂ alkoxy)-C-i-4 alkyl-, and C3-7 cycloalkyl. In some further embodiments, Q¹or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CN, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (Ci-₂ alkoxy)-Ci-₄ alkyl-, and C3-7 cycloalkyl. In still further embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CN, Cm alkyl, and Cm haloalkyl. In yet still further embodiments, Q¹ or ring Q^1a is pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of CN and Cm alkyl.

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, 1Hpyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazinyl, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, 1/7-indazolyl, 9H-purinyl, imidazo[1,2ajpyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, isoxazolo[5,4-c]pyridazinyl, isoxazolo[3,435 cjpyridazinyl, and [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazinyl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2,

or 3 R¹⁰ and further optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R^10a; or wherein Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, 1Hpyrazolyl, 1/7-pyrrolyl, 4H-pyrazolyl, 1H-imidazolyl, 1/7-imidazolyl, 3-oxo-2H-pyridazinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyrimidinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyridinyl, 2,4(1H,3H)-dioxo-pyrimidinyl, and 1H-2-oxo5 pyrazinyl, each substituted with R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 R¹⁰.

In some embodiments:

R^10a is C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, (Ci-₂ alkoxy)-Ci-₄ alkyl-, or C₃-₇ cycloalkyl;

t1 is 0 or 1; and t is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is R¹⁰ e”).

In some embodiments, Moiety M¹ is

(“M¹-i”) or

In some embodiments:

is H, C-i-4 alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, (C-|.₂ alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, or C₃.₇ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is halogen (e.g., Cl), C₃.₆ cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), Cm alkyl, or-CN. In some further embodiments, R⁹ is halogen (e.g., Cl), Cm alkyl, orCN.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is Cm alkyl or-CN. In some further embodiments, R⁹is Cm alkyl. In some yet further embodiments, R⁹ is methyl.

In some embodiments, each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (Ci.2 alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, -CN, and -N(R⁵)(R⁶), wherein each of R⁵ and R⁶ independently is H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and C3.₇ cycloalkyl; or R⁵ and R⁶ together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, C₃.₆cycloalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy. In some further embodiments, each R¹⁰is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl. In still yet further embodiments, each R¹⁰ is methyl.

In some embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently halogen (e.g., Cl), C₃. s cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), Cm alkyl, or-CN. In some further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently halogen (e.g., Cl), Cm alkyl, or-CN.

In some embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In some further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and 10 M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. in still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 20 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and 30 each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹35 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and

each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 15 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each 25 of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is 30 O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹35 is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is

O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹15 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and 20 M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-i haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. in yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is 30 methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹5 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹10 is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. in still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-ι haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H

or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is S; one and only one of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹5 is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³25 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 30 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. 35 In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still

further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-t haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-t haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴15 is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and 20 each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹25 is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and 30 M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C₁ haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or

In some embodiments, X¹ is O; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and 10 each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹15 is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is Ο; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-i haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments,

L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R²10 is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; 0 or 1 of X² and X³ is N; X⁴ is C-T⁴; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³10 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is N; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 15 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still 5 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X¹ is NH; X² is C-T²; X³ is C-T³; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴30 is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is N; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-ι haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In 20 yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is S; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-ι haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, haloalkyl, methoxy, orC₁ haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In 5 yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is NH; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In 10 yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is as described in one of the embodiments provided herein. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, 15 methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴20 is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴25 is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴30 is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴

In some embodiments, X⁴ is C-T⁴; X¹ is O; Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, L¹ is O or S. In yet further embodiments, L¹ is O. In still further 5 embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet still further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some 10 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl 15 orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Ci-₄ alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is

methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³15 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further 30 embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-b or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-t haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or C! haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C-ι haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still

further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1-4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-1.4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl 10 orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-c or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In 15 yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1.4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some 20 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1.4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl 25 orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further

embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC₁ haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-d or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³25 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula l or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, C! haloalkyl, methoxy, or C-i haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm

alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula l or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further 5 embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C_H alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

w In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Ci_₄alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-e or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some 20 further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-|.₄alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl 25 orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In 30 yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further 35 embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴

is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1-4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³15 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-m alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-f or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C1.4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-g. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³30 and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently C-1.4 alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-h. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-k. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³ and R⁴is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl or CN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-m. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, or Ci haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or a sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-g or a sait thereof; and Q¹ is M¹; and M¹ is M¹-n. In some further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴ is independently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orC-i haloalkoxy. In yet further embodiments, each of R¹ and R² is H; R³ is H; and R⁴ is methyl. In some still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently Cm alkyl or CN. In yet still further embodiments, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently methyl orCN.

In some embodiments, the invention also provides one or more of the compounds described in Examples 1-69 in the Examples section of the subject application, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds; or the /V-oxides of the compound or sait.

In some embodiments, the prevent invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of:

1.5- dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine2,4(1H,3/-/)-dione;

(+)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrïmidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine2,4(1H,3H)-dione;

(-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine2,4(1/7,3H)-dione;

4.6- dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-

3(2H)-one;

1.5- dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)one;

7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine; 7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]furo[2,3-c]pyridine;

1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)one;

4-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenoxy]thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidine;

4.6- dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin3(2H)-one;

4,6-dimethyl-5-[4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2/7)-one;

7-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine;

6-methyl-5-i2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4carbonitrile;

6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-425 carbonitrile, ENT-1;

6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4carbonitrile, ENT-2;

2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)benzonitrile; 4-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine;

4,6-dimethyl-5-[4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one; and

1,5-dimethyl-6-[4-(thieno[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)dione, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

The second aspect ofthe invention includes any subset of any embodiment described herein.

The second aspect of the invention includes combinations of two or more embodiments described hereinabove, or any subset thereof.

The second aspect of the invention further provides the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subcombination thereof) for use in treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder described herein.

The second aspect of the invention further provides use of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subcombination 10 thereof) for treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder described herein.

The second aspect of the invention further provides use of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (including ail embodiments and combinations of two or more embodiments described herein or any subcombination thereof) in manufacturing a médicament for use in treating a D1-mediated (or D115 associated) disorder described herein.

The compound of Formula I or its sait of the second aspect of présent invention is a D1R modulator (e.g., a D1R agoninst for example, a D1R partial agonist). Thus, the second aspect of présent invention further provides a method for modulating (such as agonizing or partially agonizing) an activity of D1R (either in vitro or in vivo), comprising 20 contacting (including incubating) the D1R with a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof (such as one selected from Examples 1-69 herein) described herein.

As used herein, the term “n-membered” where n is an integer typically describes the number of ring-forming atoms in a moiety where the number of ring-forming atoms is 25 n. For example, pyridine is an example of a 6-membered heteroaryl ring and thiophene is an example of a 5-membered heteroaryl group.

At various places in the présent spécification, substituents of compounds of the invention are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the invention include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such 30 groups and ranges. For example, the term “Cm alkyl” is specifically intended to include Ci alkyl (methyl), C₂ alkyl (ethyl), C₃ alkyl, C₄ alkyl, C₅ alkyl, and C₆ alkyl. For another example, the term “a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl group” is specifically intended to include any 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl group.

As used herein, the term alkyl is defined to include saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons including straight chains and branched chains. In some embodiments, the •

alkyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. For example, the term Cm alkyl,” as well as the alkyl moieties of other groups referred to herein (e.g., Ci-s alkoxy) refers to linear or branched radicals of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, /7-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, terf-butyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl). For yet another example, the term Cm alkyl” refers to linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon chains of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the term C1-3 alkyl” refers to linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon chains of 1 to 3 carbon atoms; the term Ci-₂ alkyl” refers to linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon chains of 1 to 2 carbon atoms; and the term Ci alkyl” refers to methyl. An alkyl group optionally can be 10 substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term alkenyl refers to aliphatic hydrocarbons having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, including straight chains and branched chains having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or 15 2 to 4 carbon atoms. For example, as used herein, the term C2-8 alkenyl means straight or branched chain unsaturated radicals (having at least one carbon-carbon double bond) of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, including, but not limited to, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2propenyl (allyl), isopropenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, and the like.. An alkenyl group optionally can be substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) suitable substituents. When the compounds of Formula I contain an alkenyl group, the alkenyl group may exist as the pure E form, the pure Z form, or any mixture thereof.

As used herein, the term alkynyl refers to aliphatic hydrocarbons having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, including straight chains and branched chains having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. In some embodiments, the alkynyl group has 2 to 25 20, 2 to 10, 2 to 6, or 3 to 6 carbon atoms. For example, as used herein, the term C₂_6 alkynyl” refers to straight or branched hydrocarbon chain alkynyl radicals as defined above, having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkynyl group optionally can be substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated, non30 aromatic, monocyclic or polycyclic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon rings (e.g., monocyclics such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, or bicyclics including spiro, fused, or bridged Systems (such as bicyclo[1.1.1]pentanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl or bicyclo[5.2.0]nonanyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, etc.). The cycloalkyl group has 3 to 15 carbon atoms. In some embodiments the cycloalkyl may optionally contain one, two or

more non-cumulative non-aromatic double or triple bonds and/or one to three oxo groups. In some embodiments, the bicycloalkyl group has 6 to 14 carbon atoms. For example, the term C3-14 cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic, monocyclic or polycyciic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon rings of 3 to 14 ring-forming carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentanyl, or cyclodecanyl); and the term C3-7 cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated, nonaromatic, monocyclic or polycyciic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon rings of 3 to 7 ringforming carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentan-1-yl, or bicyclo[1.1.1]pentan-2-yl). For another example, the term

C₃.₆ cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic, monocyclic or polycyciic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon rings of 3 to 6 ring-forming carbon atoms. For yet another example, the term C3.4 cycloalkyl” refers to cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. Also included in the définition of cycloalkyl are moieties that hâve one or more aromatic rings (including aryl and heteroaryl) fused to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo or thienyl dérivatives of cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclohexane, and the like (e.g., 2,3-dihydro1H-indene-1-yl, or 1/7-inden-2(3H)-one-1-yl). The cycloalkyl group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term aryl refers to all-carbon monocyclic or fused-ring polycyciic aromatic groups having a conjugated pi-electron System. The aryl group has 6 20 or 10 carbon atoms in the ring(s). Most commonly, the aryl group has 6 carbon atoms in the ring. For example, as used herein, the term “Ce-io aryl” means aromatic radicals containing from 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as phenylor naphthyl. The aryl group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” refers to monocyclic or fused-ring polycyciic 25 aromatic heterocyclic groups with one or more heteroatom ring members (ring-forming atoms) each independently selected from O, S and N in at least one ring. The heteroaryl group has 5 to 14 ring-forming atoms, including 1 to 13 carbon atoms, and 1 to 8 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ring-forming atoms including one to four heteroatoms. The heteroaryl 30 group can also contain one to three oxo or thiono (i.e. =S) groups. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 5 to 8 ring-forming atoms including one, two or three heteroatoms. For example, the term 5-membered heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl group as defined above with 5 ring-forming atoms in the monocyclic heteroaryl ring; the term 6-membered heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic 35 heteroaryl group as defined above with 6 ring-forming atoms in the monocyclic

heteroaryl ring; and the term 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl group as defined above with 5 or 6 ring-forming atoms in the monocyclic heteroaryl ring. For another example, term 5- or 10-membered heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group as defined above with 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring5 forming atoms in the monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryls include those with 5 ring-forming atoms including one to three heteroatoms or those with 6 ring-forming atoms including one, two or three nitrogen heteroatoms. Examples of fused bicyclic heteroaryls include two fused 5- and/or 610 membered monocyclic rings including one to four heteroatoms.

Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl (e.g., 1,3-oxazolyl, 1,2-oxazolyl), thiazolyl (e.g., 1,2-thiazolyl, 1,3-thiazolyl), pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl), thiadiazolyl (e.g., 1,3,415 thiadiazolyl), quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuryl, indolyl, 1H-imidazo[4,5ejpyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazinyl, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, 1Hindazolyl, 9H-purinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazinyl, isoxazolo[5,4-c]pyridazinyl, isoxazolo[3,4-c]pyridazinyl, pyridone, pyrimidone, pyrazinone, pyrimidinone, 7H-imidazol-2(3H)-one, 1H-pyrrole-2,5dione, 3-oxo-2H-pyridazinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyrimidinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyridinyl, 2,4(1H,3H)-dioxopyrimidinyl, 1H-2-oxo-pyrazinyl, and the like. The heteroaryl group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term “heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic [including 2 or more rings that are fused together, including spiro, fused, or bridged Systems, for example, a bicyclic ring System], saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic 4to 15-membered ring System (such as a 4- to 14-membered ring System, 4- to 12membered ring System, 5- to 10-membered ring System, 4- to 7-membered ring System, 4- to 6-membered ring System, or 5- to 6-membered ring System), including 1 to 14 ring30 forming carbon atoms and 1 to 10 ring-forming heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N. The heterocycloalkyl group can also optionally contain one or more oxo or thiono (i.e. =S) groups. For example, ; the term 4- to 12-membered heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, nonaromatic 4- to 12-membered ring System that comprises one or more ring-forming heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; and the term 4- to 1018107

membered heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic4- to 10-membered ring System that comprises one or more ring-forming heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N. For another example, the term 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic 4- to 6-membered ring System that comprises one or more ring-forming heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N; and the term 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic 5- to 6-membered ring System that comprises one or more ring-forming heteroatoms each independently selected from O, 10 S and N. Also included in the définition of heterocycloalkyl are moieties that hâve one or more aromatic rings (including aryl and heteroaryl) fused to the nonaromatic heterocycloalkyl ring, for example pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo dérivatives ofthe nonaromatic heterocycloalkyl rings. The heterocycloalkyl group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) 15 suitable substituents.

Examples of such heterocycloalkyl rings include azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrroiidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydrothiazinyl, tetrahydrothiadiazinyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrodiazinyl, oxazinyl, oxathiazinyl, quinuclidinyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, benzoxazinyl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-1-yl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan2-yl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-7-yl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-on-2-yl, 3azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl and the like. Further examples of heterocycloalkyl rings include tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, imidazolidin-1yl, imidazolidin-2-yl, imidazolidin-4-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-2-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, piperazin-2-yl,

1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl, 1,4-oxazepan-1-yl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,3-thiazolidin-3-yl, 1,2-pyrazolidin-2-yl, 1,2-tetrahydrothiazin-2-yl, 1,3-thiazinan-3-yl, 1,2-tetrahydrodiazin-2yl, 1,3-tetrahydrodiazin-1-yl, 1,4-oxazin-4-yl, oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxo-piperidinyl (e.g., 2oxo-piperidin-1-yl), and the like. Some examples of aromatic-fused heterocycloalkyl groups include indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolin-1-one-3-yl, 5,7-dihydro-6H-pyrrolo[3,4-

b] pyridin-6-yl, 6,7-dihydro-5/7-pyrrolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-yl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-

c] pyridine-5-yl, 5,6-dihydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(4H)-one-5-yl, 1,4,5,6tetrahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazol-5-yl, and 3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-1(2H)-one-3-yl groups. The heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable

substituents. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include 5- or 6-membered monocyclic rings and 9- or 10-membered fused bicyclic rings.

As used herein, the term halo or halogen group is defined to include fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.

As used herein, the term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhaloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom). For example, the term “Cm haloalkyl” refers to a Ci-6 alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhaloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom). For another example, the term “Cm haloalkyl” refers to a Cm alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhaloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom); the term “Cm haloalkyl” refers to a Ci_₃alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhaloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom); and the term “Ci-2 haloalkyl” refers to a Ci_₂ alkyl group (i.e. methyl or ethyl) having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhaloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom). For yet another example, the term “Ci haloalkyl” refers to a methyl group having one, two, or three halogen substituents. Examples of haloalkyl groups include CF₃, C₂Fs, CHF₂, CH₂F, CH₂CF₃, CH₂CI and the 20 like.

As used herein, the term “halocycloalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group having one or more halogen substituents (up to perhalocycloalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the cycloalkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom). For example, the term “C₃-4 halocycloalkyl” refers to a cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl group having one or more halogen substituents. An example of halocycloalkyl is 2-fluorocyclopropan-1-yl.

As used herein, the term “alkoxy” or “alkyloxy” refers to an -O-alkyl group. For example, the term Cm alkoxy” or Cm alkyloxy” refers to an -O-(Ci_₆ alkyl) group; and the term “Cm alkoxy” or “Cm alkyloxy” refers to an -O-(Cm alkyl) group; For another example, the term “Ci_₂ alkoxy” or “Ci-₂ alkyloxy” refers to an -O-(Ci.₂ alkyl) group.

Examples of alkoxy include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), tert-butoxy, and the like. The alkoxy or alkyloxy group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used here, the term “haloalkoxy” refers to an -O-haloalkyl group. For example, the term “Cm haloalkoxy” refers to an -O-(Ci-₆ haloalkyl) group. For another example, the term “Cm haloalkoxy” refers to an -0-(Cm haloalkyl) group; and the term ''Ci_2 haloalkoxy” refers to an -O-(Ci-2 haloalkyl) group. For yet another example, the term “Ci haloalkoxy” refers to a methoxy group having one, two, or three halogen substituents. An example of haloalkoxy is -OCF3 or-OCHF2.

As used herein, the term “cycloalkoxy” or “cycloalkyloxy” refers to an -Ocycloalkyl group. For example,, the term “C3-7 cycloalkoxy” or “C3-7 cycloalkyloxy” refers to an -O-(C3-7 cycloalkyl) group. For another example,, the term “C₃^ cycloalkoxy” or “C3-6 cycloalkyloxy” refers to an -O-(C₃-6 cycloalkyl) group. Examples of cycloalkoxy include C3.6 cycloalkoxy (e.g., cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclohexanoxy, and the like). The cycloalkoxy or cycloalkyloxy group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used here, the term “C₆-io aryloxy” refers to an -0-(C₆-io aryl) group. An example of a C₆-io aryloxy group is -O-phenyl [i.e., phenoxy]. The C₆.-io aryloxy y group optionally can be substituted by 1 or more (e.g., 1 to 5) suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term fluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more fluorine substituents (up to perfluoroalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the alkyl group has been replaced by fluorine). For example, the term “C1-2 fluoroalkyl” refers to a C1.2 alkyl group having one or more fluorine substituents (up to perfluoroalkyl, i.e., every hydrogen atom of the C1.2 alkyl group has been replaced by fluorine). For another example, the term “C-ι fluoroalkyl” refers to a Ci alkyl group (i.e., methyl) having 1, 2, or 3 fluorine substituents). Examples of fluoroalkyl groups include CF3, C2F5, CH2CF3, CHF2, CH₂F, and the like.

As used here, the term “fluoroalkoxy” refers to an -O-fluoroalkyl group. For example, the term “C1-2 fluoroalkoxy” refers to an -O-C1.2 fluoroalkyl group. For another example, the term “Ci fluoroalkoxy” refers to a methoxy group having one, two, or three fluorine substituents. An example of Ci fluoroalkoxy is -OCF₃ or-OCHF₂.

As used herein, the term “hydroxylalkyl” or “hydroxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more (e.g., 1,2, or 3) OH substituents. The term “Cm hydroxylalkyl” or “Cm hydroxyalkyl” refers to a C-m alkyl group having one or more (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) OH substituents. The term “Cm hydroxylalkyl” or “Cm hydroxyalkyl” refers to a Cm alkyl group having one or more (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) OH substituents; the term “Cm hydroxylalkyl” or “Cm hydroxyalkyl” refers to a Cm alkyl group having one or more (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) OH substituents; and the term “C-m hydroxylalkyl” or “Cm hydroxyalkyl” refers to a Cm alkyl group having one or more (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) OH substituents. An example of hydroxylalkyl is -CH₂OH or-CH2CH2OH.

As used herein, the term “oxo” refers to =0. When an oxo is substituted on a carbon atom, they together form a carbonyl moiety [-C(=0)-]. When an oxo is substituted on a sulfur atom, they together form a sulfinyl moiety [-S(=O)-J; when two oxo groups are substituted on a sulfur atom, they together form a sulfonyl moiety [5 S(=0)₂-].

As used herein, the term “thiono” refers to =S. When an thiono is substituted on a carbon atom, they together form moiety of [-C(=S)-J.

As used herein, the term “optionally substituted” means that substitution is optional and therefore includes both unsubstituted and substituted atoms and moieties.

A “substituted” atom or moiety indicates that any hydrogen on the designated atom or moiety can be replaced with a sélection from the indicated substituent group (up to that every hydrogen atom on the designated atom or moiety is replaced with a sélection from the indicated substituent group), provided that the normal valency of the designated atom or moiety is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.

For example, if a methyl group (i.e., CH3) is optionally substituted, then up to 3 hydrogen atoms on the carbon atom can be replaced with substituent groups.

As used herein, the term optionally substituted C1-4 alkyl refers to C-m alkyl optionally substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of-OH, halogen, -CN, -NH₂, -NH(Ci-₄ alkyl), -N(Ci-₄ alkyl)₂, C-m alkoxy, and C1.4 haloalkoxy.

As used herein, the term optionally substituted Ci-₂ alkyl refers to C-|.₂ alkyl optionally substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of-OH, halogen, -CN, -NH₂, -NH(Cm alkyl), -N(C_Malkyl)₂, C1-4 alkoxy, and C-m haloalkoxy.

As used herein, the term optionally substituted C₃.₄ cycloalkyl refers to C₃_4 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of-OH, halogen, -CN, -NH₂, -NH(Cm alkyl), -N(Cm alkyl)₂, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy.

As used herein, the term optionally substituted cyclopropylmethyl refers to cyclopropylmethyl optionally substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of-OH, halogen, -CN, -NH₂, -NH(Cm alkyl), -N(Cm alkyl)₂, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and haloalkoxy.

As used herein, the term optionally substituted Cm alkoxy refers to C-m alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 to 5) substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of-OH, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NH(Ci-4 alkyl), -N(Ci-4 alkyl)₂, C-m alkoxy, and C-m haloalkoxy.

As used herein, unless specified, the point of attachment of a substituent can be from any suitable position of the substituent. For example, piperidinyl can be piperidin1-yl (attached through the N atom of the piperidinyl), piperidin-2-yl (attached through the C atom atthe 2-position of the piperidinyl), piperidin-3-yl (attached through the C atom at the 3-position of the piperidinyl), or piperidin-4-yl (attached through the C atom at the

4-position of the piperidinyl). For another example, pyridinyl (or pyridyl) can be 2pyridinyl (or pyridin-2-yl), 3-pyridinyl (or pyridin-3-yl), or 4-pyridinyl (or pyridin-4-yl).

When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent may be bonded to any of the ring-forming atoms in that ring that are substitutable (i.e., bonded to one or more hydrogen atoms), unless otherwise specifized or otherwise implicit from the context. For example, as shown in Formula a-

101 below, R¹⁰ may be bonded to either of the two ring carbon atoms each of which bears a hydrogen atom (but not shown). For another example, as shown in Formula a-

102 below, R¹⁰ may be bonded to either of the two ring carbon atoms on the pyrazine ring each of which bears a hydrogen atom (but not shown); and R^10a may be bonded to either of the two ring carbon atoms on the imidazole ring each of which bears a hydrogen atom (but not shown).

R¹⁰

a-102

When a substituted or optionally substituted moiety is described without indicating the atom via which such moiety is bonded to a substituent, then the substituent may be bonded via any appropriate atom in such moiety. For example in a substituted arylalkyl, a substituent on the arylalkyl [e.g., (Cs-10 aryl)-Ci-4 alkyl-] can be bonded to any carbon atom on the alkyl part or on the aryl part of the arylalkyl. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations resuit in stable compounds.

As noted above, the compounds of Formula I may exist in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts such as acid addition salts and/or base addition salts of the compounds of Formula I. The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)”, as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, includes acid addition or base salts which may 5 be présent in the compounds of Formula I.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula I include the acid addition and base salts thereof.

Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts.

Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulfate/sulfate, borate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulfate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stéarate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts.

Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, 20 glycine, lysine, magnésium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts.

Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed, for example, hemisulfate and hemicalcium salts.

For a review on suitable salts, see “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts:

Properties, Sélection, and Use” by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, 2002). Methods for making pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula I are known to one of skill in the art.

As used herein the terms “Formula I”, “Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound or the sait [of

Formula l]” are defined to include ail forms of the compound of Formula I, including hydrates, solvatés, isomers (including for example rotational stereoisomers), crystalline and non-crystalline forms, isomorphs, polymorphs, métabolites, and prodrugs thereof.

As it is known to the person skilled in the art, amine compounds (i.e., those comprising one or more nitrogen atoms), for example tertiary amines, can form /V-oxides 35 (also known as amine oxides or amine A/-oxides). An /V-oxide has the formula of •

(R¹⁰⁰R²⁰⁰R³⁰⁰)N⁺-O“ wherein the parent amine (R¹⁰⁰R²⁰⁰R³⁰⁰)N can be for example, a tertiary amine (for example, each of R¹⁰⁰, R²⁰⁰, R³⁰⁰ is independently alkyl, arylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or the like), a heterocyclic or heteroaromatic amine [for example, (R¹⁰⁰R²⁰⁰R³⁰⁰)N together forms 1-alkylpiperidine, 1-alkylpyrrolidine, 1-benzylpyrrolidine, or pyridine]. For instance, an imine nitrogen, especially heterocyclic or heteroaromatic imine nitrogen, or pyridine-type nitrogen (4=^-4·) atom [such as a nitrogen atom in pyridine, pyridazine, or pyrazine], can be /V-oxidized to form the /V-oxide comprising the pgroup ( jhus, a compound according to the présent invention comprising one or more nitrogen atoms (e.g,, an imine nitrogen atom) may be capable of forming an N10 oxide thereof (e.g., mono-/V-oxides, bis-/V-oxides or multi-/V-oxides, or mixtures thereof depending on the number of nitrogen atoms suitable to form stable /V-oxides).

As used herein, the term “/V-oxide(s)” refer to ail possible, and in particular ail stable, /V-oxide forms of the amine compounds (e.g., compounds comprising one or more imine nitrogen atoms) described herein, such as mono-/V-oxides (including different isomers when more than one nitrogen atom of an amine compound can form a mono-/V-oxide) or multi-/V-oxides (e.g., bis-/V-oxides), or mixtures thereof in any ratio.

Compounds of Formula I and their salts described herein further include /V-oxides thereof.

Compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may exist in a continuum of solid states ranging from fully amorphous to fully crystalline. The term ‘amorphous’ refers to a state in which the material lacks long-range order at the molecular level and, depending upon température, may exhibit the physical properties of a solid or a liquid. Typically such materials do not give distinctive X-ray diffraction patterns and, while exhibiting the properties of a solid, are more formally described as a liquid. Upon heating, a change from apparent solid to a material with liquid properties occurs, which is characterised by a change of state, typically second order (‘glass transition’). The term 'crystalline’ refers to a solid phase in which the material has a regular ordered internai structure at the molecular level and gives a distinctive X-ray diffraction pattern with defined peaks. Such materials when heated sufficiently will also exhibit the properties of a liquid, but the change from solid to liquid is characterized by a phase change, typically first order (‘melting point’).

Compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may exist in unsolvated and solvated forms. When the solvent or water is tightly bound, the complex will hâve a well-defined stoichiometry independent of humidity. When, however, the solvent or

water is weakly bound, as in channel solvatés and hygroscopic compounds, the water/solvent content will be dépendent on humidity and drying conditions. In such cases, non-stoichiometry will be the norm.

The compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may exist as clathrates or other complexes (e.g., co-crystals). Included within the scope of the invention are complexes such as clathrates, drug-host inclusion complexes wherein the drug and host are présent in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts. Also included are complexes of the compounds of Formula I containing two or more organic and/or inorganic components, which may be in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts.

The resulting complexes may be ionized, partially ionized, or non-ionized. Co-crystals are typically defined as crystalline complexes of neutral molecularconstituents that are bound together through non-covalent interactions, but could also be a complex of a neutral molécule with a sait. Co-crystals may be prepared by melt crystallization, by recrystallization from solvents, or by physically grinding the components together; see

O. Almarsson and M. J. Zaworotko, Chem. Commun. 2004, 17, 1889-1896. Fora general review of multi-component complexes, see J. K. Haleblian, J. Pharm. Soi. 1975, 64, 1269-1288.

The compounds of the invention (including salts thereof) may also exist in a mesomorphic state (mesophase or liquid crystal) when subjected to suitable conditions.

The mesomorphic state is intermediate between the true crystalline state and the true liquid state (either melt or solution). Mesomorphism arising as the resuit of a change in température is described as ‘thermotropic’ and that resulting from the addition of a second component, such as water or another solvent, is described as ‘lyotropic’. Compounds that hâve the potential to form lyotropic mesophases are described as ‘amphiphilic’ and consist of molécules which possess an ionic (such as -COO'Na⁺, COO‘K⁺, or -SO3^_Na⁺) or non-ionic (such as -N'N⁺(CH3)3) polar head group. For more information, see Crystals and the Polarizing Microscope by N. H. Hartshorne and A. Stuart, 4^th Edition (Edward Arnold, 1970).

The invention also relates to prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I. Thus certain dérivatives of compounds of Formula I which may hâve little or no pharmacological activity themselves can, when administered into or onto the body, be converted into compounds of Formula I having the desired activity, for example, by hydrolytic cleavage. Such dérivatives are referred to as “prodrugs”. Further information on the use of prodrugs may be found in Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14,

ACS Symposium Sériés (T. Higuchi and W. Stella) and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug

Design, Pergamon Press, 1987 (Ed. E. B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association).

Prodrugs in accordance with the invention can, for example, be produced by replacing appropriate functionalities présent in the compounds of Formula I with certain 5 moieties known to those skilled in the art as ‘pro-moieties’ as described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs by H. Bundgaard (Elsevier, 1985), or in Prodrugs: Challenges and Reward, 2007 édition, edited by Valentino Stella, Ronald Borchardt, Michael Hageman, Reza Oliyai, Hans Maag, Jefferson Tilley, pages 134-175 (Springer, 2007).

Moreover, certain compounds of Formula I may themselves actas prodrugs of 10 other compounds of Formula I.

Also included within the scope of the invention are métabolites of compounds of Formula I, that is, compounds formed in vivo upon administration of the drug.

The compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) include ail stereoisomers and tautomers. Stereoisomers of Formula I include cis and trans isomers, optical isomers such as R and S enantiomers, diastereomers, géométrie isomers, rotational isomers, atropisomers, and conformational isomers of the compounds of Formula I, including compounds exhibiting more than one type of isomerism; and mixtures thereof (such as racemates and diastereomeric pairs). Also included are acid addition or base addition salts wherein the counterion is optically active, for example, D-lactate or L20 lysine, or racemic, for example, DL-tartrate or DL-arginine.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may hâve asymmetric carbon atoms. The carbon-carbon bonds of the compounds of Formula I may be depicted herein using a solid line (-----), a solid wedge ( ), or a dotted wedge (.........¹¹¹ ). The use of a solid line to depict bonds to asymmetric carbon atoms is meant to indicate that ail possible stereoisomers (e.g., spécifie enantiomers, racemic mixtures, etc.) at that carbon atom are included. The use of either a solid or dotted wedge to depict bonds to asymmetric carbon atoms is meant to indicate that only the stereoisomer shown is meant to be included. It is possible that compounds of Formula I may contain more than one asymmetric carbon atom. In those compounds, the use of a solid line to depict bonds to asymmetric carbon atoms is meant to indicate that ail possible stereoisomers are meant to be included. For example, unless stated otherwise, it is intended that the compounds of Formula I can exist as enantiomers and diastereomers or as racemates and mixtures thereof. The use of a solid line to depict bonds to one or more asymmetric carbon atoms in a compound of Formula I and the

use of a solid or dotted wedge to depict bonds to other asymmetric carbon atoms in the same compound is meant to indicate that a mixture of diastereomers is présent.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may exist in and/or be isolated as atropisomers (e.g., one or more atropenantiomers). Those 5 skilled in the art would recognize that atropisomerism may exist in a compound that has two or more aromatic rings (for example, two aromatic rings linked through a single bond). See e.g., Freedman, T. B. et al., Absolute Configuration Détermination of Chiral Molécules in the Solution State Using Vibrational Circular Dichroism. Chirality 2003, 75, 743-758; and Bringmann, G. et al., Atroposelective Synthesis of Axially Chiral Biaryl

Compounds. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 5384-5427.

When any racemate crystallizes, crystals of different types are possible. One type is the racemic compound (true racemate) wherein one homogeneous form of crystal is produced containing both enantiomers in equimolar amounts. Another type is a racemic mixture or conglomerate wherein two forms of crystal are produced in equal or different 15 molar amounts each comprising a single enantiomer.

The compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) may exhibit the phenomena of tautomerism and structural isomerism. For example, the compounds of Formula I may exist in several tautomeric forms, including the enol and imine form, the amide and imidic acid form, and the keto and enamine form and géométrie isomers and mixtures 20 thereof. Ail such tautomeric forms are included within the scope of the compounds of Formula I. Tautomers may exist as mixtures of a tautomeric set in solution. In solid form, usually one tautomer prédominâtes. Even though one tautomer may be described, the présent invention includes ail tautomers of the compounds of Formula I. For example, when one of the following two tautomers of the invention is disclosed in 25 the experimental section herein, those skilled in the art would readily recognize that the invention also includes the other.

For another example, when one of the following three tautomers of the invention is disclosed in the experimental section herein, those skilled in the art would readily

recognize that the invention also includes other tautomers such as the other two shown below.

The présent invention includes ail pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically5 labelled compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) wherein one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number which prédominâtes in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention (including salts thereof) include isotopes of hydrogen, such as ²H and ³H, carbon, such 10 as ¹¹C, ¹³C and ¹⁴C, chlorine, such as ³⁶CI, fluorine, such as ¹⁸F, iodine, such as ¹²³l and ¹²⁵l, nitrogen, such as ¹³N and ¹⁵N, oxygen, such as ¹⁵0,¹⁷O and ¹⁸O, phosphorus, such as ³²P, and sulphur, such as ³⁵S.

Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of Formula I, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution 15 studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e., ³H, and carbon-14, i.e., ¹⁴C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of détection.

Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., ²H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased 20 in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.

Substitution with positron-emitting isotopes, such as ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹⁵O and ¹³N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.

Isotopically-labeled compounds of Formula I (including salts thereof) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Préparations using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the nonlabeled reagent previously employed.

The présent invention also provides compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions) comprising a novel compound of Formula I (including a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) in the second aspect of the invention. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a therapeutically effective amount of) a novel compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) and optionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In one further embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising (a therapeutically effective amount of) a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof), optionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, optionally, at least one additional médicinal or pharmaceutical agent (such as an antipsychotic agent or anti-schizophrenia agent described below). In one embodiment, the additional médicinal or pharmaceutical agent is an antischizophrenia agent as described below.

The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may comprise any conventional pharmaceutical carrier or excipient. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers include inert diluents or fillers, water and various organic solvents (such as hydrates and solvatés). The pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, contain additional ingrédients such as flavorings, binders, excipients and the like. Thus for oral administration, tablets containing various excipients, such as citric acid, may be employed together with various disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and certain complex silicates and with binding agents such as sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnésium stéarate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc are often useful fortableting purposes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed in soft and hard filled gelatin capsules. Non-limiting examples of materials, therefore, include lactose or milk sugar and high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. When aqueous suspensions or élixirs are desired for oral administration, the active compound therein may be combined with various sweetening orflavoring agents, coloring matters or dyes and, if desired, emulsifying agents orsuspending agents, together with diluents such as water, éthanol, propylene glycol, glycerin, or combinations thereof.

The pharmaceutical composition may, for example, be in a form suitable for oral administration as a tablet, capsule, pill, powder, sustained release formulation, solution or suspension, for parentéral injection as a stérile solution, suspension or émulsion, for topical administration as an ointment or cream or for rectal administration as a suppository.

Exemplary parentéral administration forms include solutions or suspensions of active compounds in stérile aqueous solutions, for example, aqueous propylene glycol or dextrose solutions. Such dosage forms may be suitably buffered, if desired.

The pharmaceutical composition may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of précisé dosages. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the composition may be formulated in sub-therapeutic dosage such that multiple doses are envisioned.

In one embodiment the composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Compounds of Formula I (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) are D1R modulators. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I is a D1R agonist [i.e., binding (having affinity for) and activating D1R receptors]. In some embodiments, using dopamine as a reference full D1R agonist, a compound of Formula I is a super agonist (i.e., a compound that is capable of producing a greater maximal response than the endogenous D1R agonist, dopamine, for a D1R receptor, and thus exhibiting an efficacy of more than about 100%, for example 120%). In some embodiments, using dopamine as a reference full agonist, a compound of Formula I is a full D1R agonist (i.e., having an efficacy of about 100%, for example, 90%-100%, compared to that of dopamine). In some embodiments, using dopamine as a reference full D1R agonist, a compound of Formula I is a partial agonist [i.e., a compound having only partial efficacy (i.e., less than 100%, for example 10%-80% or 50%-70%) at a D1 receptor relative to the full agonist, dopamine, although it binds and activâtes a D1 receptor], A D1R agonist (including superagonist, full agonist, and partial agonist) can agonize or partially agonize an activity of D1 R. In some embodiments, the EC₅o of a compound of Formula I with respect to D1R is less than about 10 μΜ, 5 μΜ, 2 pM, 1 pM, 500 nM, 200 nM, 100 nM, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 5, 2, or 1 nM.

As used herein, when referencing to a compound, the term “D1R modulator” or “D1R agonist” (including a super D1R agonist, a full D1R agonist, or a partial D1R agonist) refers to a compound that is a D1-like receptor modulator or a D1-like receptor agonist respectively (i.e., not necessarily sélective between/among subtypes of D1-like receptors). See Lewis, JPET 286:345-353, 1998. D1Rs include, for example, D1 and D5 in humans and D1A and D1B in rodents.

Administration of the compounds of Formula I may be effected by any method that enables delivery of the compounds to the site of action. These methods include, for

example, enterai routes (e.g., oral routes, buccal routes, sublabial routes, sublingual routes), oral routes, intranasal routes, inhaled routes, intraduodenal routes, parentéral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion),intrathecal routes, épidural routes, intracérébral routes, intracerbroventricular routes, topical, and rectal administration.

In one embodiment of the présent invention, the compounds of Formula I may be administered/effected by oral routes.

Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It may be advantageous to formulate parentéral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form, as used herein, refers to physically discrète units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The spécifications for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by a variety of factors such as the unique characteristics of the therapeutic agent and the particular therapeutic or prophylactic effect to be achieved. In one embodiment of the présent invention, the compounds of Formula I may be used to treat humans.

It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated, and may include single or multiple doses. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, spécifie dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person 25 administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. For example, doses may be adjusted based on pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamie parameters, which may include clinical effects such as toxic effects and/or laboratory values. Thus, the présent invention encompasses intra-patient dose-escalation as determined by the skilled artisan. Determining appropriate dosages and regimens for administration of the chemotherapeutic agent is well-known in the relevant art and would be understood to be encompassed by the skilled artisan once provided the teachings disclosed herein.

The amount of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait 35 thereof administered will be dépendent on the subject being treated, the severity of the

disorder or condition, the rate of administration, the disposition of the compound and the discrétion of the prescribing physician. Generally, an effective dosage is in the range of about 0.0001 to about 50 mg per kg body weight per day, for example about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg/day, in single or divided doses. For a 70 kg human, this would amount to about 0.007 mg to about 3500 mg/day, for example about 0.7 mg to about 700 mg/day. In some instances, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adéquate, while in other cases still larger doses may be employed without causing any harmful side effect, provided that such larger doses are first divided into several small doses for administration throughout the day.

As used herein, the term “combination therapy” refers to the administration of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof together with an at least one additional pharmaceutical or médicinal agent (e.g., an anti-schizophrenia agent), either sequentially or simultaneously.

The présent invention includes the use of a combination of a compound of

Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agent(s). If a combination of active agents is administered, then they may be administered sequentially or simultaneously, in separate dosage forms or combined in a single dosage form. Accordingly, the présent invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an amount of: (a) a first agent comprising a compound of Formula I (including an /V-oxide thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait of the compound or the /V-oxide); (b) a second pharmaceutically active agent; and (c) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle or diluent.

Various pharmaceutically active agents may be selected for use in conjunction with the compounds of Formula I (including or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof), depending on the disease, disorder, or condition to be treated. Pharmaceutically active agents that may be used in combination with the compositions of the présent invention include, without limitation:

(i) acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donepezil hydrochloride (ARICEPT, MEMAC); or Adenosine A2A receptor antagonists such as Preladenant (SCH 420814) or SCH

412348;

(ii) amyloid-β (or fragments thereof), such as AB-|.₁₅ conjugated to pan HLA DR-binding epitope (PADRE) and ACC-001 (Elan/Wyeth);

(iii) antibodies to amyloid-β (or fragments thereof), such as bapineuzumab (also known as AAB-001) and AAB-002 (Wyeth/Elan);

(iv) amyloid-lowering or -inhibiting agents (including those that reduce amyloid production, accumulation and fibrillization) such as colostrinin and bisnorcymserine (also known as BNC);

(v) alpha-adrenergic receptor agonists such as clonidine (CATAPRES);

(vi) beta-adrenergic receptor blocking agents (beta blockers) such as carteolol;

(vii) anticholinergics such as amitriptyline (ELAVIL, ENDEP);

(viii) anticonvulsants such as carbamazepine (TEGRETOL, CARBATROL);

(ix) antipsychotics, such as lurasidone (also known as SM-13496; Dainippon Sumitomo);

(x) calcium channel blockers such as nilvadipine (ESCOR, NIVADIL);

(xi) catechol O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitors such as tolcapone (TASMAR);

(xii) central nervous system stimulants such as caffeine;

(xiii) corticosteroids such as prednisone (STERAPRED, DELTASONE);

(xiv) dopamine receptor agonists such as apomorphine (APOKYN);

(xv) dopamine receptor antagonists such as tetrabenazine (NITOMAN, XENAZINE, dopamine D2 antagonist such as Quetiapine);

(xvi) dopamine reuptake inhibitors such as nomifensine maleate (MERITAL);

(xvii) gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) receptor agonists such as baclofen (LIORESAL, KEMSTRO);

(xviii) histamine 3 (H₃) antagonists such as ciproxifan;

(xix) immunomodulators such as glatiramer acetate (also known as copolymer-1; COPAXONE);

(xx) immunosuppressants such as methotrexate (TREXALL, RHEUMATREX);

(xxi) interferons, including interferon beta-1a (AVONEX, REBIF) and interferon beta-1b 25 (BETASERON, BETAFERON);

(xxii) levodopa (or its methyl or ethyl ester), alone or in combination with a DOPA decarboxylase inhibitor (e.g., carbidopa (SINEMET, CARBILEV, PARCOPA));

(xxiii) A/-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonists such as memantine (NAMENDA, AXURA, EBIXA);

(xxiv) monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors such as selegiline (EMSAM);

(xxv) muscarinic receptor (particularly M1 subtype) agonists such as bethanechol chloride (DUVOID, URECHOLINE);

(xxvi) neuroprotective drugs such as 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-carbazol-3-one oxime;

(xxvii) nicotinic receptor agonists such as epibatidine;

(xxviii) norepinephrine (noradrenaline) reuptake inhibitors such as atomoxetine (STRATTERA);

(xxix) phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors, for example,PDE9 inhibitors such as BAY 736691 (Bayer AG) and PDE 10 (e.g. PDE10A) inhibitors such as papaverine;

(xxx) other PDE inhibitors including (a) PDE1 inhibitors (e.g., vinpocetine), (b) PDE2 inhibitors (e.g., erythro-9-(2-hydroxy-3-nonyl)adenine (EHNA)), (c) PDE4 inhibitors (e.g., rolipram), and (d) PDE5 inhibitors (e.g., sildenafil (VIAGRA, REVATIO));

(xxxi) quinolines such as quinine (including its hydrochloride, dihydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate and gluconate salts);

(xxxii) β-secretase inhibitors such as WY-25105;

(xxxiii) γ-secretase inhibitors such as LY-411575 (Lilly);

(xxxiv) serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) 1A (5-HT_1A) receptor antagonists such as spiperone;

(xxxv) serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) 4 (5-HT4) receptor agonists such as PRX-03140 15 (Epix);

(xxxvi) serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) 6 (5-ΗΤθ) receptor antagonists such as mianserin (TORVOL, BOLVIDON, NORVAL);

(xxxvii) serotonin (5-HT) reuptake inhibitors such as alaproclate, citalopram (CELEXA, Cl P RAM IL);

(xxxviii) trophic factors, such as nerve growth factor (NGF), basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF; ERSOFERMIN), neurotrophin-3 (NT-3), cardiotrophin-1, brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), neublastin, meteorin, and glial-derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF), and agents that stimulate production of trophic factors, such as propentofylline; and the like.

The compound of Formula I (including a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof) is optionally used in combination with another active agent. Such an active agent may be, for example, an atypical antipsychotic or an anti-Parkinson’s disease agent or an anti-Alzheimer’s agent. Accordingly, another embodiment of the invention provides methods of treating a D1-mediated disorder (e.g., a neurological and psychiatrie disorder associated with D1), comprising administering to a mammal an effective amount of a compound of Formula I (including an /V-oxide thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait of the compound or the /V-oxide) and further comprising administering another active agent.

As used herein, the term “another active agent” refers to any therapeutic agent, other than the compound of Formula I (including or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait

thereof) that is useful for the treatment of a subject disorder. Examples of additional therapeutic agents include antidepressants, antipsychotics (such as anti-schizophrenia), anti-pain, anti-Parkinson’s disease agents, anti-LID (levodopa-induced dyskinesia), antiAlzheimeris and anti-anxiety agents. Examples of particular classes of antidepressants that can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention include norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, sélective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), NK-1 receptor antagonists, monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), réversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase (RIMAs), serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists, α-adrenoreceptor antagonists, and atypical antidepressants. Suitable norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors include tertiary amine tricyclics and secondary amine tricyclics. Examples of suitable tertiary amine tricyclics and secondary amine tricyclics include amitriptyline, clomipramine, doxepin, imipramine, trimipramine, dothiepin, butriptyline, iprindole, lofepramine, nortriptyline, protriptyline, amoxapine, desipramine and maprotiline. Examples of suitable sélective serotonin reuptake inhibitors include fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, and sertraline. Examples of monoamine oxidase inhibitors include isocarboxazid, phenelzine, and tranylcyclopramine. Examples of suitable réversible inhibitors of monoamine oxidase include moclobemide. Examples of suitable serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors of use in the présent invention include venlafaxine. Examples of suitable atypical anti-depressants include bupropion, lithium, nefazodone, trazodone and viloxazine. Examples of anti-Alzheimer’s agents include Dimebon, NMDA receptor antagonists such as memantine; and cholinestérase inhibitors such as donepezil and galantamine. Examples of suitable classes of anti-anxiety agents that can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention include benzodiazépines and serotonin 1A (5-HT1A) agonists or antagonists, especially 5-HT1A partial agonists, and corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) antagonists. Suitable benzodiazépines include alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, chlorazepate, diazepam, halazepam, lorazépam, oxazepam, and prazepam. Suitable 5-HT1A receptor agonists or antagonists include buspirone, flesinoxan, gepirone, and ipsapirone. Suitable atypical antipsychotics include paliperidone, bifeprunox, ziprasidone, rispéridone, aripiprazole, olanzapine, and quetiapine. Suitable nicotine acétylcholine agonists include ispronicline, varenicline and MEM 3454. Anti-pain agents include pregabalin, gabapentin, clonidine, neostigmine, baclofen, midazolam, ketamine and ziconotide. Examples of suitable anti-Parkinson’s disease agents include L-DOPA (or its methyl or ethyl ester), a DOPA decarboxylase inhibitor (e.g., carbidopa (SI N EMET, CARBILEV,

PARCOPA), an Adenosine A₂a receptor antagonist [e.g., Preladenant (SCH 420814) or SCH 412348], benserazide (MADOPAR), α-methyldopa, monofluoromethyldopa, difluoromethyldopa, brocresine, or m-hydroxybenzylhydrazine), a dopamine agonist [such as apomorphine (APOKYN), bromocriptine (PARLODEL), cabergoline (DOSTINEX), dihydrexidine, dihydroergocryptine, fenoldopam (CORLOPAM), lisuride (DOPERGIN), pergolide (PERMAX), piribedil (TRIVASTAL, TRASTAL), pramipexole (MIRAPEX), quinpirole, ropinirole (REQUIP), rotigotine (NEUPRO), SKF-82958 (GlaxoSmithKIine), and sarizotan], a monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor [such as selegiline (EMSAM), selegiline hydrochloride (L-deprenyl, ELDEPRYL, ZELAPAR), dimethylselegilene, brofaromine, phenelzine (NARDIL), tranylcypromine (PARNATE), moclobemide (AURORIX, MANERIX), befloxatone, safinamide, isocarboxazid (MARPLAN), nialamide (NIAMID), rasagiline (AZILECT), iproniazide (MARSILID, IPROZID, IPRONID), CHF-3381 (Chiesi Farmaceutici), iproclozide, toloxatone (HUMORYL, PERENUM), bifemelane, desoxypeganine, harmine (also known as telepathine or banasterine), harmaline, linezolid (ZYVOX, ZYVOXID), and pargyline (EUDATIN, SUPIRDYL)], a catechol O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitor [such as tolcapone (TASMAR), entacapone (COMTAN), and tropolone], an /V-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist [such as amantadine (SYMMETREL)], anticholinergics [such as amitriptyline (ELAVIL, ENDEP), butriptyline, benztropine mesylate (COGENTIN), trihexyphenidyl (ARTANE), diphenhydramine (BENADRYL), orphenadrine (NORFLEX), hyoscyamine, atropine (ATROPEN), scopolamine (TRANSDERM-SCOP), scopolamine methylbromide (PARMINE), dicycloverine (BENTYL, BYCLOMINE, DIBENT, DILOMINE, tolterodine (DETROL), oxybutynin (DITROPAN, LYRINELXL, OXYTROL), penthienate bromide, propantheline (PRO25 BANTHINE), cyclizine, imipramine hydrochloride (TOFRANIL), imipramine maleate (SURMONTIL), lofepramine, desipramine (NORPRAMIN), doxepin (SINEQUAN, ZONALON), trimipramine (SURMONTIL), and glycopyrrolate (ROBINUL)], or a combination thereof. Examples of anti-schizophrenia agents include ziprasidone, rispéridone, olanzapine, quetiapine, aripiprazole, asenapine, blonanserin, or iloperidone.

Some additional “another active agent” examples include rivastigmine (Exelon), Clozapine, Levodopa, Rotigotine, Aricept, Methylphenidate, memantine. milnacipran, guanfacine, bupropion, and atomoxetine.

As noted above, the compounds of Formula I (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may be used in combination with one or more additional anti35 schizophrenia agents which are described herein. When a combination therapy is used,

the one or more additional anti-schizophrenia agents may be administered sequentially or simultaneously with the compound of the invention. In one embodiment, the additional anti-schizophrenia agent is administered to a mammal (e.g., a human) prior to administration of the compound of the invention. In another embodiment, the additional anti-schizophrenia agent is administered to the mammal after administration of the compound of the invention. In another embodiment, the additional anti-schizophrenia agent is administered to the mammal (e.g., a human) simultaneously with the administration of the compound of the invention (or an /V-oxide thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait of the foregoing).

The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of schizophrenia in a mammal, including a human, which comprises an amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof), as defined above (including hydrates, solvatés and polymorphs of said compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof), in combination with one or more (for example one to three) anti-schizophrenia agents such as ziprasidone, rispéridone, olanzapine, quetiapine, aripiprazole, asenapine, blonanserin, or iloperidone, wherein the amounts of the active agent and the combination when taken as a whole are therapeutically effective for treating schizophrenia.

The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of

Parkinson’s disease in a mammal (including cognition impairment associated with PD), including a human, which comprises an amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof), as defined above (including hydrates, solvatés and polymorphs of said compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof), in combination with one or more (for example one to three) anti-Parkinson’s disease agents such as L-DOPA, wherein the amounts of the active agent and the combination when taken as a whole are therapeutically effective for treating Parkinson’s disease.

It will be understood that the compounds of Formula I depicted above are not limited to a particular stereoisomer (e.g. enantiomer or atropisomer) shown, but also 30 include ail stereoisomers and mixtures thereof.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Compounds of the invention, including /V-oxides and salts of the compounds or /V-oxides, can be prepared using known organic synthesis techniques and can be synthesized according to any of numerous possible synthetic routes.

The reactions for preparing compounds of the invention can be carried out in suitable solvents, which can be readily selected by one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can be substantially non-reactive with the starting materials (reactants), the intermediates, or products at the températures at which the reactions are carried out, e.g., températures that can range from the solvent's freezing température to the solvent's boiling température. A given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected by the skilled artisan.

Préparation of compounds of the invention can involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the sélection of appropriate protecting groups, can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. The chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^rd Ed., Wiley &

Sons, Inc., New York (1999), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Reactions can be monitored according to any suitable method known in the art.

For example, product formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic résonance spectroscopy (e.g., ¹H or ¹³C), infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), mass spectrometry, or by chromatographie 20 methods such as high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography (TLC).

Compounds of Formula I and intermediates thereof may be prepared according to the following reaction schemes and accompanying discussion. Unless otherwise indicated, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, L¹, X¹, X², X³, X⁴, Q¹, and structural Formula I 25 in the reaction schemes and discussion that follow are as defined above. In general, the compounds of this invention may be made by processes which include processes analogous to those known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. Certain processes for the manufacture of the compounds of this invention and intermediates thereof are provided as further features of the invention and 30 are illustrated by the following reaction schemes. Other processes are described in the experimental section. The schemes and examples provided herein (including the corresponding description) are for illustration only, and not intended to limit the scope of the présent invention.

Scheme 1

Scheme 1 refers to préparation of compounds of Formula I. Referring to Scheme 1, compounds of Formula 1-1 [where Lg¹ is a suitable leaving group such as halo (e.g.,

F, Cl or Br)] and 1-2 [wherein Z¹ can be, e.g., halogen (e.g., Br or I) or trifluoromethanesulfonate (triflate)] are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 1-3 can be prepared by coupling a compound of Formula 1-1 with a compound of Formula 1-2 under suitable conditions. The coupling can be accomplished, for example, by heating a mixture of a compound of Formula 1-1 with a compound of Formula 1-2 in the presence of a base, such as CS2CO3, in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). Alternatively, a metal-catalyzed (such as using a palladium or copper catalyst) coupling may be employed to accomplish the aforesaid coupling. In this variant of the coupling, a mixture of a compound of Formula

1-1 and a compound of Formula 1-2 can be heated in the presence of a base (such as

CS2CO3), a métal catalyst [such as a palladium catalyst, e.g., Pd(OAc)₂], and a ligand [such as 1,T-binaphthalene-2,2'-diylbis(diphenylphosphane) (BINAP)] in an appropriate solvent, such as 1,4-dioxane. A compound of Formula 1-3 can subsequently be reacted

100

with a compound of Formula Q¹-Z² [wherein Z² can be Br; B(OH)2; B(OR)2 wherein each R is independently H or Cm alkyl, or wherein the two (OR) groups, together with the B atom to which they are attached, form a 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more Cm alkyl; a trialkyltin moiety; or the like] by a metal5 catalyzed (such as using a palladium catalyst) coupling reaction to obtain a compound of Formula I. Compounds of Formula Q¹-Z² are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or by methods analogous to those described in the chemical art. Alternative^, a compound of Formula 1-3 can be converted to a compound of Formula 1-4 (wherein Z² is defined as above). For example, a compound 10 of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is halogen such as Br or I) can be converted to a compound of Formula 1-4 [wherein Z² is B(OH)2; B(OR)₂ wherein each R is independently H or Cm alkyl, or wherein the two (OR) groups, together with the B atom to which they are attached, form a 5- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more Cm alkyl] by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. In this example, this reaction can be accomplished, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is halogen such as Br) with 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane, a suitable base (such as potassium acetate), and a palladium catalyst {such as [1,1’bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll)} in a suitable solvent such as 1,420 dioxane. In another example, a compound of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is halogen such as Br) can be converted to a compound of Formula 1-4 (wherein Z² is a trialkyltin moiety) by alternate methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. In this example, this reaction can be accomplished, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is halogen such as Br) with a hexaalkyldistannane (such as hexamethyldistannane) in the presence of a palladium catalyst [such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)] in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane. A compound of Formula 1-4 can then be reacted with a compound of Formula Q¹-Z¹ (wherein Z¹ is defined as above) by a metal-catalyzed (such as using a palladium catalyst) coupling reaction to obtain a compound of Formula I. Compounds of

Formula Q¹-Z¹ are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or by methods analogous to those described in the chemical art. The type of reaction employed dépends on the sélection of Z¹ and Z². For example, when Z¹ is halogen or triflate and the Q¹-Z² reagent is a boronic acid or boronic ester, a Suzuki reaction may be used [A. Suzuki, J. Organomet. Chem. 1999, 576, 147-168; N. Miyaura and A.

Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483; A. F. Littke et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2000,

101

722, 4020-4028], In some spécifie embodiments, an aromatic iodide, bromide, ortriflate of Formula 1-3 is combined with an aryl or heteroaryl boronic acid or boronic ester of Formula Q¹-Z² and a suitable base, such as potassium phosphate, in a suitable organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF). A palladium catalyst is added, such as S-Phos precatalyst {also known as chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxy-1,1'biphenyl)[2-(2-aminoethylphenyl)]palladium(ll) -fert-butyl methyl ether adduct}, and the reaction mixture is heated. Alternatively, when Z¹ is halogen or triflate and Z² is trialkyltin, a Stille coupling may be employed [V. Farina et al., Organic Reactions 1997, 50,1-652]. More specifically, a compound of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is Br, I, ortriflate) may be combined with a compound of Formula Q¹-Z² (wherein the Q¹-Z² compound is a Q¹-stannane compound) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(ll), in a suitable organic solvent such as toluene, and the reaction may be heated. Where Z¹ is Br, I, ortriflate and Z² is Br or I, a Negishi coupling may be used [E. Erdik, Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 9577-9648]. More specifically, a compound of Formula 1-3 (wherein Z¹ is Br, I, or triflate) may be transmetallated by treatment with 1 to 1.1 équivalents of an alkyllithium reagent followed by a solution of 1.2 to 1.4 équivalents of zinc chloride in an appropriate solvent such as THF at a température ranging from -80 °C to -65 °C. After warming to a température between 10 °C and 30 °C, the reaction mixture may be treated with a compound of

Formula Q¹-Z² (wherein Z² is Br or I), and heated at 50 °C to 70 °C with addition of a catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0). The reaction may be carried out for times ranging from 1 to 24 hours to yield the compound of Formula I.

102

Scheme 2 also refers to préparation of compounds of Formula I. Referring to

Scheme 2, compounds of Formula l may be prepared utilizing analogous chemical transformations to those described in Scheme 1, but with a different ordering of steps. Compounds of Formula 2-1 [wherein Pg¹ is a suitable protecting group such as Boc or Cbz when L¹ is NH or methyl, benzyl, tetrahydropyranyl (THP), or terf-butyldimethyl (TBS) when L¹ is O] are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula

2-1 can be converted to a compound of Formula 2-2 either directly or after conversion to a compound of Formula 2-3 using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.

A compound of Formula 2-2 may then be deprotected, using appropriate conditions depending on the sélection of the Pg¹ group, to obtain a compound of Formula 2-4, which in turn can be coupled with a compound of Formula 1-1 in Scheme 1 to afford a compound of Formula I. The coupling conditions employed may be analogous to those described for the préparation of a compound of Formula 1-3 in Scheme 1.

Scheme 3

A^1a

A¹ is Pg¹ or a moiety of A^1a:

ΛΛΛΛΛ

T¹

Scheme 3 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 3-5 wherein A¹ is a moiety of Formula A^1a or a Pg¹. Referring to Scheme 3, compounds of Formula 3-1 are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 3-2 can be prepared by reacting an arylketone of Formula 3-1 with an alkyl nitrite (e.g., isoamyl nitrite) in the presence of an acid (such as hydrochloric acid). The resulting oxime of Formula 3-2 can be converted to the diketone of Formula 3-3 upon treatment with formaldéhyde (or its équivalent such as métaformaldéhyde or polyformaldéhyde) in the presence of an acid (such as an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution). Diketones of Formula 3-3 can be reacted with glycinamide or a sait thereof (such as an acetic acid sait) in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide to obtain pyrazinones of Formula 3-4. Alkylation of the pyrazinone nitrogen to obtain a compound of Formula 3-5 can be achieved by treatment of a compound of Formula 3-4 with a base [such as lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (LHMDS), and the like] and a compound of the formula R¹¹-Z³ [wherein Z³ is an acceptable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, methanesulfonate (mesylate), and the like and wherein R¹¹ is for example C1-3 alkyl

104 (e.g., methyl)]. Suitable reaction solvents typically can be selected from polar aprotic solvents such as /V,/V-dimethylformamide (DMF), 1,4-dioxane, or THF. Scheme 4

Altematively, a compound of Formula 3-5 may be prepared as in Scheme 4 wherein L¹ is O, NH, N(C-m alkyl) and N(C3-6 cycloalkyl). Referring to Scheme 4, compounds of Formula 4-1 and 4-2 are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 4-3 can be prepared by coupling a compound of Formula 4-1 with a compound of Formula 4-2. The aforesaid coupling may be accomplished by reacting a compound of Formula 4-1 with a compound of Formula 4-2 in the presence of a suitable base (such as potassium carbonate), a suitable catalyst [such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)], and a suitable solvent (such as éthanol). A compound of Formula 4-3 can be reacted with maleic anhydride and hydrogen peroxide in a solvent (such as dichloromethane) to provide a compound of Formula 4-4, which may contain a mixture of /V-oxide regioisomers. A compound of Formula 4-5 can be prepared from a compound of Formula 4-4 by heating with acetic anydride; the initial product can be saponified using a base (such as NaOH) in a suitable polar solvent (such as water or methanol). A compound of Formula 3-5 can be prepared from a compound of Formula 4-5 by reaction with a suitable base (such as LDA, LHMDS and

105 the like), lithium bromide, and a compound of the formula R -Z³ (wherein Z³ is an acceptable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, mesylate, and the like). Suitable reaction solvents typically can be selected from polar aprotic solvents (such as DMF, 1,4dioxane, or THF).

R³

Scheme 5

5-3 5-4

5-5

5-1 h₂n—nh₂

L¹A¹

Scheme 5 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 5-5 wherein L¹ is O, NH, carbonyl, N(Ch alkyl) and N(C₃.6 cycloalkyl) and A¹ is a moiety of Formula A^1a, or a Pg² (such as a benzyl group). Referring to Scheme 5, compounds of Formula 5-1 and 52 are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 5-3 can be prepared by coupling a compound of Formula 5-1 with an enol trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula 5-2. The aforesaid coupling may be accomplished by reacting a compound of Formula 5-1 with a trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula 5-2 in the presence of a suitable base (such as potassium carbonate or sodium carbonate), a suitable catalyst [such as palladium(ll) acetate], optionally a suitable ligand (such as tricyclohexylphosphine), and optionally a suitable phase-transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium chloride. Suitable reaction solvents typically can be selected from polar aprotic solvents such as 1,4-dioxane or THF. A compound of Formula 5-3 can be reacted with 1 to 5 équivalents of a suitable base [such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec7-ene (DBU)] under an oxygen atmosphère to obtain a compound of Formula 5-4. Suitable reaction solvents typically can be selected from polar aprotic solvents such as

106

DMF, 1,4-dioxane, or THF. A compound of Formula 5-5 can be obtained by reacting a compound of Formula 5-4 with hydrazine in a suitable solvent such as 1-butanol.

Scheme 6 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 6-5. Referring to Scheme 6, a compound of Formula 6-1 can be prepared as described in Scheme 5, wherein Pg² is a suitable protecting group (such as benzyl). A compound of Formula διό 1 can be converted to a suitably protected compound of Formula 6-2 using methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art, wherein Pg³ is a suitable protecting group (such as TH P) that can be removed under orthogonal reaction conditions to Pg² . A compound of Formula 6-3 can be prepared by sélective removal of Pg² under suitable deprotection conditions depending on the sélection of 15 Pg². For example, when Pg² is a benzyl group, it can be removed by treatment with palladium (10% on carbon) under hydrogénation condition in a suitable solvent, such as methanol and ethyl acetate. Using the aforementioned reaction conditions described in Scheme 1, a compound of Formula 6-3 can be coupled with a reagent of Formula 1-1 to yield a compound of Formula 6-4. A compound of Formula 6-5 can be obtained by removing Pg³ under suitable deprotection conditions depending on the sélection of Pg³. For example, when Pg³ is TH P, it can be removed under acidic conditions, such as hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane.

107

Scheme 7

Scheme 7 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 7-5 [wherein R¹⁰ is, for example, C1-3 alkyl (e.g., methyl ); R^10B is, for example, H or C1-3 alkyl (e.g., methyl );

and Pg⁴is a suitable protecting group [e.g., 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tertbutoxycarbonyl (Boc), or benzyloxymethyl acetal (BOM)]. Referring to Scheme 7, compounds of Formula 2-3 and 7-1 are commercially avaiiable or can be prepared by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 7-2 can be prepared by coupling a compound of Formula 2-3 with a compound of Formula 7-1, in the presence of a suitable base (such as potassium carbonate) and a suitable catalyst {such as [1,1bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll)}. A compound of Formula 7-3 can be prepared by sélective removal of Pg² under suitable de-protection conditions

108

depending on the sélection of Pg². For example, when Pg² is a benzyl group, it can be removed by treatment with palladium (10% on carbon) under hydrogénation condition in a suitable solvent, such as methanol and ethyl acetate. Using the aforementioned reaction conditions described in Scheme 1, a compound of Formula 7-3 can be coupled 5 with a reagent of Formula 1-1 to yield a compound of Formula 7-4. Alternatively, a compound of Formula 7-4 can be prepared from intermediate 1-4, following the coupling conditions described in Scheme 1. A compound of Formula 7-5 can then be obtained from a compound of Formula 7-4 by removing Pg⁴ under suitable deprotection conditions that are known to those skilled in the art.

Scheme 8

R³

8-4 ₈_₅ 8-6

Scheme 8 refers to préparation of compounds of Formula 8-5 and 8-6. Referring to Scheme 8, compounds of Formula 8-1 are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 8-1 can be converted to a compound of Formula 8-2 either directly or after conversion to a compound of Formula 8-3 using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1. The nitro group of a compound of Formula 8-2 can then be converted to an amine via hydrogénation in the presence of a suitable catalyst, such as palladium (10% on carbon), to yield a compound of Formula 8-4. A compound of

109

Formula 8-4 can then be coupled with a compound of Formula 1-1 in Scheme 1 to afford a compound of Formula 8-5. The coupling conditions employed may be analogous to those described for the préparation of a compound of Formula 1-3 in Scheme 1. A compound of Formula 8-6 can be prepared via /V-alkylation of a compound of formula 95 5 using a reagent of Y-Z³, wherein Y is Cm alkyl, or C3-6 cycloalkyl, and Z³ is an acceptable leaving group such as Cl, Br, I, mesylate, and the like.

Scheme 9

Scheme 9 refers to préparation of compounds of Formula 9-4. Referring to

Scheme 9, a compound of Formula 9-1 can be prepared via triflation of a compound of

Formula 2-4 (Scheme 2) using a suitable reagent such as trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine. A compound of Formula 9-1 can be converted to a compound of Formula 9-2 by coupling with potassium thioacetate, in the presence of a suitable métal catalyst, such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), and a suitable ligand, such as (R)-(-)-1-[(S_P)2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)ferrocenyl]ethyldi-fert-butylphosphine, in a suitable solvent, such as toluene. A compound of Formula 9-2 can then be hydrolyzed to obtain a compound of Formula 9-3, which in turn can be coupled with a compound of Formula 11 in Scheme 1 to afford a compound of Formula 9-4. The coupling conditions employed 20 may be analogous to those described for the préparation of a compound of Formula 1-3 in Scheme 1. A compound of Formula 9-4 may then be deprotected, using appropriate conditions depending on the sélection of the Pg¹ group, to obtain a compound of Formula I.

110

Scheme 10

10-1

10-3

A¹ is Pg¹ or a moiety of A^1a:

A^1a

Scheme 10 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 10-3 [wherein A¹ is either Pg² as defined above or a moiety of Formula A^1a], which can be used in Scheme as intermediate/starting material for the préparation of compounds of Formula I. Referring to Scheme 3, compounds of Formula 10-1 are commercially available or can be made by methods described herein or other methods well known to those skilled in the art. A compound of Formula 10-1 can be reacted with 4-chloro-3-nitropyridine and the initial product can be subsequently reduced to obtain a compound of Formula 10-2. Examples of suitable reaction conditions for the coupling of a compound of Formula ΙΟΙ with 4-chloro-3-nitropyridine include mixing the two reactants with a suitable base, such as triethylamine, in a suitable reaction solvent such as éthanol. The subséquent réduction of the nitro group to afford a compound of Formula 10-2 can be achieved by, for example, hydrogénation in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent such as methanol. Suitable hydrogen pressures for the aforesaid reaction are typically between 1 atm and 4 atm. A compound of Formula 10-2 can then be heated with acetic anhydride and triethyl orthoformate to obtain a compound of

Formula 10-3.

111

Scheme 11 refers to a préparation of a compound of Formula 11-1 [wherein R¹⁰is H or Ci-₃ alkyl, for example methyl], which is an example of a compound of Formula I. Referring to Scheme 11, a compound of Formula 11-1 can be prepared by methods described in Scheme 1. A compound of Formula 11-1 can be reacted with chloroacetaldehyde to obtain a compound of Formula 11-2 typically at an elevated température for about 1 hour to 24 hours.

Additional starting materials and intermediates useful for making the compounds of the présent invention can be obtained from chemical vendors such as Sigma-Aldrich or can be made according to methods described in the chemical art.

Those skilled in the art can recognize that in ail of the Schemes described herein, if there are functional (reactive) groups présent on a part of the compound structure such as a substituent group, for example R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, L¹, X¹, X², X³, X⁴, and Q¹, etc., further modification can be made if appropriate and/or desired, using methods well known to those skilled in the art. For example, a -CN group can be hydrolyzed to afford an amide group; a carboxylic acid can be converted to an amide; a carboxylic acid can be converted to an ester, which in turn can be reduced to an alcohol, which in turn can be further modified. For another example, an OH group can be converted into a better leaving group such as a methanesulfonate, which in turn is suitable for nucleophilic substitution, such as by a cyanide ion (CN‘). For another example, an -S- can be oxidized to -S(=O)- and/or -S(=O)2-. For yet another example, an unsaturated bond such as C=C or C=C can be reduced to a saturated bond by hydrogénation. In some embodiments, a primary amine or a secondary amine moiety (présent on a substituent group such as R³, R⁴, R⁹, R¹⁰, etc.) can be converted to an amide, sulfonamide, urea, orthiourea moiety by reacting it with an appropriate reagent such as an acid chloride, a sulfonyl chloride, an isocyanate, or a thioisocyanate compound. One skilled in the art will recognize further such modifications. Thus, a compound of Formula I having a substituent that contains a functional group can be converted to another compound of Formula I having a different substituent group.

Similarly, those skilled in the art can also recognize that in ail of the schemes described herein, if there are functional (reactive) groups présent on a substituent group such as R³, R⁴, R⁹, R¹⁰, etc., these functional groups can be protected/deprotected in the course of the synthetic scheme described here, if appropriate and/or desired. For example, an OH group can be protected by a benzyl, methyl, or acetyl group, which can be deprotected and converted back to the OH group in a later stage of the synthetic process. For another example, an NH₂ group can be protected by a benzyloxycarbonyl

112 •

(Cbz) or Boc group; conversion back to the NH₂ group can be carried out at a later stage of the synthetic process via deprotection.

As used herein, the term “reacting” (or “reaction” or “reacted”) refers to the bringing together of designated chemical reactants such that a chemical transformation takes place generating a compound different from any initially introduced into the System. Reactions can take place in the presence or absence of solvent.

Compounds of Formula I may exist as stereoisomers, such as atropisomers, racemates, enantiomers, or diastereomers. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate using, for example, chiral highperformance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Alternatively, the racemate (or a racemic precursor) may be reacted with a suitable optically active compound, for example, an alcohol, or, in the case where the compound contains an acidic or basic moiety, an acid or base such as tartaric acid or 1-phenylethylamine. The resulting diastereomeric mixture may be separated by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization and one or both of the diastereoisomers converted to the corresponding pure enantiomer(s) by means well known to one skilled in the art. Chiral compounds of Formula I (and chiral precursors thereof) may be obtained in enantiomerically enriched form using chromatography, typically HPLC, on an asymmetric resin with a mobile phase consisting of a hydrocarbon, typically heptane or hexane, containing from 0% to 50% 2-propanol, typically from 2% to 20%, and from 0% to 5% of an alkylamine, typically 0.1% diethylamine. Concentration of the eluate affords the enriched mixture. Stereoisomeric conglomérâtes may be separated by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds by E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wilen (Wiley, New York, 1994), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by référencé in its entirety. Suitable stereoselective techniques are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.

Where a compound of Formula I contains an alkenyl or alkenylene (alkylidene) group, géométrie cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers are possible. Cis/trans isomers may be separated by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Salts of the présent invention can be prepared according to methods known to those of skill in the art.

The compounds of Formula I that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. Although such salts must be pharmaceutically acceptable for administration to animais, it is often désirable in

113 practice to initially isolate the compound of the présent invention from the reaction mixture as a pharmaceutically unacceptable sait and then simply convert the latter back to the free base compound by treatment with an alkaline reagent and subsequentiy convert the latter free base to a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition sait. The acid addition salts of the basic compounds of this invention can be prepared by treating the basic compound with a substantially équivalent amount of the selected minerai or organic acid in an aqueous solvent medium or in a suitable organic solvent, such as methanol or éthanol. Upon évaporation of the solvent, the desired solid sait is obtained. The desired acid sait can also be precipitated from a solution of the free base in an organic solvent by adding an appropriate minerai or organic acid to the solution.

If the inventive compound is a base, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable sait may be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, pantothenic acid, bitartric acid, ascorbic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoicacid, gluconic acid, saccharic acid, formic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, ptoluenesulfonic acid, and pamoic [i.e., 4,4'-methanediylbis(3-hydroxynaphthalene-220 carboxylic acid)] acid, a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, an aipha-hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.

Those compounds of Formula I that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include the alkali métal or alkaline earth métal salts, and particularly the sodium and potassium salts. These salts are ail prepared by conventional techniques. The chemical bases which are used as reagents to préparé the pharmaceutically acceptable base salts of this invention are those which form non-toxic base salts with the acidic compounds of

Formula I. These salts may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali métal hydroxide or alkaline earth métal hydroxide, or the like. These salts can also be prepared by treating the corresponding acidic compounds with an aqueous solution containing the desired pharmacologically acceptable cations, and then evaporating the resulting solution to dryness, for example under reduced

114

pressure. Alternative^, they may also be prepared by mixing lower alkanolic solutions ofthe acidic compounds and the desired alkali métal alkoxide together, and then evaporating the resulting solution to dryness in the same manner as before. In either case, stoichiometric quantities of reagents are, for example, employed in order to ensure completeness of reaction and maximum yields of the desired final product.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula I (including compounds of Formula la or Ib) may be prepared by one or more of three methods:

(i) by reacting the compound of Formula I with the desired acid or base;

(ii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of Formula I or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid or base; or (iii) by converting one sait ofthe compound of Formula I to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or base or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.

Ail three reactions are typically carried out in solution. The resulting sait may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by évaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionization in the resulting sait may vary from completely ionized to almost non-ionized.

Polymorphs can be prepared according to techniques well-known to those skilled in the art, for example, by crystallization.

When any racemate crystallizes, crystals of two different types are possible. The first type is the racemic compound (true racemate) referred to above wherein one homogeneous form of crystal is produced containing both enantiomers in equimolar amounts. The second type is the racemic mixture or conglomerate wherein two forms of crystal are produced in equimolar amounts each comprising a single enantiomer.

While both of the crystal forms présent in a racemic mixture may hâve almost identical physical properties, they may hâve different physical properties compared to the true racemate. Racemic mixtures may be separated by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art - see, for example, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds by E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wilen (Wiley, New York, 1994).

The invention also includes isotopically labeled compounds of Formula I wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Isotopically labeled compounds of Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or /V-oxides thereof) can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those

115

described herein, using an appropriate isotopically labeled reagent in place of the nonlabeled reagent otherwise employed.

Prodrugs in accordance with the invention can, for example, be produced by replacing appropriate functionalities présent in the compounds of Formula I with certain 5 moieties known to those skilled in the art as ‘pro-moieties’ as described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs by H. Bundgaard (Elsevier, 1985).

The compounds of Formula I should be assessed for their biopharmaceutical properties, such as solubility and solution stability (across pH), permeability, etc., in order to select the most appropriate dosage form and route of administration for 10 treatment of the proposed indication.

Compounds of the invention intended for pharmaceutical use may be administered as crystalline or amorphous products. They may be obtained, for example, as solid plugs, powders, or films by methods such as précipitation, crystallization, freeze drying, spray drying, or evaporative drying. Microwave or radio frequency drying may be 15 used for this purpose.

They may be administered alone or in combination with one or more other compounds ofthe invention or in combination with one or more other drugs (or as any combination thereof). Generally, they will be administered as a formulation in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The term “excipient’ is used herein to describe any ingrédient other than the compound(s) of the invention. The choice of excipient will to a large extent dépend on factors such as the particular mode of administration, the effect of the excipient on solubility and stability, and the nature of the dosage form.

Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for the delivery of compounds of the présent invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and methods for their préparation will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Such compositions and methods for their préparation may be found, for example, in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company, 1995).

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and /V-oxides thereof) may be administered orally. Oral administration may involve swallowing, so that the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, and/or buccal, lingual, or sublingual administration by which the compound enters the blood stream directly from the mouth.

Formulations suitable for oral administration include solid, semi-solid and liquid

Systems such as tablets; soft or hard capsules containing multi- or nano-particulates,

116

liquids, or powders; lozenges (including liquid-filled); chews; gels; fast dispersing dosage forms; films; ovules; sprays; and buccal/mucoadhesive patches.

Liquid formulations include suspensions, solutions, syrups and élixirs. Such formulations may be employed as fillers in soft or hard capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose) and typically comprise a carrier, for example, water, éthanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl cellulose, or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitution of a solid, for example, from a sachet.

The compounds of the invention may also be used in fast-dissolving, fastdisintegrating dosage forms such as those described by Liang and Chen, Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents 2001, 11, 981-986.

For tablet dosage forms, depending on dose, the drug may make up from 1 weight % to 80 weight % of the dosage form, more typically from 5 weight % to 60 15 weight % of the dosage form. In addition to the drug, tablets generally contain a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinized starch and sodium 20 alginate. Generally, the disintegrant will comprise from 1 weight % to 25 weight %, for example, from 5 weight % to 20 weight % of the dosage form.

Binders are generally used to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation.

Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl 25 cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Tablets may also contain diluents, such as lactose (monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate, anhydrous and the like), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate.

Tablets may also optionally comprise surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc. When présent, surface active agents may comprise from 0.2 weight % to 5 weight % of the tablet, and glidants may comprise from 0.2 weight % to 1 weight % of the tablet.

Tablets also generally contain lubricants such as magnésium stéarate, calcium stéarate, zinc stéarate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnésium stéarate

117

with sodium lauryl sulfate. Lubricants generally comprise from 0.25 weight % to 10 weight %, for example, from 0.5 weight % to 3 weight % of the tablet.

Other possible ingrédients include anti-oxidants, colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents.

Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% drug, from about 10 weight % to about 90 weight % binder, from about 0 weight % to about 85 weight % diluent, from about 2 weight % to about 10 weight % disintegrant, and from about 0.25 weight % to about 10 weight % lubricant.

Tablet blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet blends or portions of blends may altematively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, meltcongealed, or extruded before tabletting. The final formulation may comprise one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; it may even be encapsulated.

The formulation of tablets is discussed in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Vol. 1, by H. Lieberman and L. Lachman (Marcel Dekker, New York, 1980).

Consumable oral films for human or veterinary use are typically pliable watersoluble or water-swellable thin film dosage forms which may be rapidly dissolving or mucoadhesive and typically comprise a compound of Formula I, a film-forming polymer, a binder, a solvent, a humectant, a plasticizer, a stabilizer or emulsifier, a viscositymodifying agent and a solvent. Some components of the formulation may perform more 20 than one function.

The compound of Formula I (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or Noxides thereof) may be water-soluble or insoluble. A water-soluble compound typically comprises from 1 weight % to 80 weight %, more typically from 20 weight % to 50 weight %, of the solutés. Less soluble compounds may comprise a smaller proportion of 25 the composition, typically up to 30 weight % of the solutés. Altematively, the compound of Formula I may be in the form of multiparticulate beads.

The film-forming polymer may be selected from natural polysaccharides, proteins, or synthetic hydrocolloids and is typically présent in the range 0.01 to 99 weight %, more typically in the range 30 to 80 weight %.

Other possible ingrédients include anti-oxidants, colorants, flavorings and flavor enhancers, preservatives, salivary stimulating agents, cooling agents, co-solvents (including oils), émollients, bulking agents, anti-foaming agents, surfactants and tastemasking agents.

Films in accordance with the invention are typically prepared by evaporative drying of thin aqueous films coated onto a peelable backing support or paper. This may

118 be done in a drying oven or tunnel, typically a combined coater dryer, or by freezedrying or vacuuming.

Solid formulations for oral administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.

Suitable modified release formulations for the purposes of the invention are described in US Patent No. 6,106,864. Details of other suitable release technologies such as high energy dispersions and osmotic and coated particles are to be found in Verma et al., Pharmaceutical Technology On-line, 25(2), 1-14 (2001). The use of chewing gum to achieve controlled release is described in WO 00/35298.

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internai organ. Suitable means for parentéral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial and subcutaneous. Suitable devices for parentéral administration include needle (including microneedle) injectors, needle-free injectors and infusion techniques.

Parentéral formulations are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (for example to a pH of from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a stérile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as stérile, pyrogen-free water.

The préparation of parentéral formulations under stérile conditions, for example, by lyophilization, may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.

The solubility of compounds of Formula I (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) used in the préparation of parentéral solutions may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubilityenhancing agents.

Formulations for parentéral administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release. Thus compounds of the invention may be formulated as a suspension or as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and semi-solids

119

and suspensions comprising drug-loaded poly(DL-lactic-coglycolic acid) (PLGA) microspheres.

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may also be administered topically, (intra)dermally, ortransdermally to the skin or mucosa. Typical formulations for this purpose include gels, hydrogels, lotions, solutions, creams, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, foams, films, skin patches, wafers, implants, sponges, fibers, bandages and microemulsions. Liposomes may also be used. Typical carriers include alcohol, water, minerai oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol. Pénétration enhancers may be incorporated. Seee.g., Finnin and Morgan, J. Pharm. Sci. 1999, 88, 955-958.

Other means of topical administration include delivery by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis and microneedle or needle-free (e.g., Powderject™, Bioject™, etc.) injection.

Formulations for topical administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or 15 modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone; as a mixture, for example, in a dry blend with lactose; or as a 20 mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phospholipids, such as phosphatidylcholine) from a dry powder inhaler, as an aérosol spray from a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer (for example an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebulizer, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane, or as nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder may comprise a bioadhesive agent, for example, chitosan or cyclodextrin.

The pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer contains a solution or suspension of the compound(s) of the invention comprising, for example, éthanol, aqueous éthanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilizing, or 30 extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.

Prior to use in a dry powder or suspension formulation, the drug product is micronized to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet

120

milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying.

Capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose), blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound of the invention, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as L-leucine, mannitol, or magnésium stéarate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate. Other suitable excipients include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose and trehalose.

A suitable solution formulation for use in an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 pg to 20 mg of the compound of the invention per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1 pL to 100 pL. A typical formulation may comprise a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, propylene glycol, stérile water, éthanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents which may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene glycol.

Suitable flavors, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations of the invention intended for inhaled/intranasal administration.

Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or modified release using, for example, PGLA. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.

In the case of dry powder inhalers and aérosols, the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount. Units in accordance with the invention are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or “puff” containing from 0.01 to 100 mg of the compound of Formula I. The overall daily dose will typically be in the range 1 pg to 200 mg, which may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day.

The compounds of the invention may be administered rectally or vaginally, for example, in the form of a suppository, pessary, or enema. Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, but various alternatives may be used as appropriate.

Formulations for rectal/vaginal administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted and programmed release.

121

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may also be administered directly to the eye or ear, typically in the form of drops of a micronized suspension or solution in isotonie, pH-adjusted, stérile saline. Other formulations suitable for ocular and aurai administration include ointments, gels, biodégradable (e.g., absorbable gel sponges, collagen) and non-biodegradable (e.g., silicone) implants, wafers, lenses and particulate or vesicular Systems, such as niosomes or liposomes. A polymer such as crossed-linked polyacrylic acid, polyvinylalcohol, hyaluronic acid, a cellulosic polymer, for example, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, or methyl cellulose, or a heteropolysaccharide polymer, for example, gelan gum, may be incorporated together with a preservative, such as benzalkonium chloride. Such formulations may also be delivered by iontophoresis.

Formulations for ocular/aural administration may be formulated to be immédiate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, or programmed release.

The compounds of the invention (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may be combined with soluble macromolecular entities, such as cyclodextrin and suitable dérivatives thereof or polyethylene glycol-containing polymers, in order to improve their solubility, dissolution rate, taste-masking, bioavailability and/or stability for 20 use in any of the aforementioned modes of administration.

Drug-cyclodextrin complexes, for example, are found to be generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. Both inclusion and non-inclusion complexes may be used. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug, the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, i.e., as a carrier, diluent, or solubilizer.

Most commonly used for these purposes are alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins, examples of which may be found in International Patent Applications Nos. WO 91/11172, WO 94/02518 and WO 98/55148.

Since the présent invention has an aspect that relates to the treatment of the disease/conditions described herein with a combination of active ingrédients which may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form. The kit comprises two separate pharmaceutical compositions: a compound of Formula I a prodrug thereof or a sait of such compound or prodrug and a second compound as described above. The kit comprises means for containing the separate compositions such as a container, a divided bottle or a divided foil packet. Typically the kit comprises directions for the

122

administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components are for example administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parentéral), are administered at different dosage intervals, or when titration of the individual components of the combination is desired by the prescribing physician.

An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a transparent 10 plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil.

The recesses hâve the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a resuit, the tablets or capsules are 15 sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. In some embodiments, the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.

It may be désirable to provide a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the tablets or capsules so specified should be ingested. Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card, e.g., as follows First Week, Monday, Tuesday, etc.... Second Week, Monday, Tuesday,... etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A daily dose can be a single tablet or capsule or several pills or capsules to be taken on a given day. Also, a daily dose of Formula I compound can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa. The memory aid should reflect this.

In another spécifie embodiment of the invention, a dispenser designed to dispense the daily doses one at a time in the order of their intended use is provided.

For example, the dispenser is equipped with a memory aid, so as to further facilitate compliance with the regimen. An example of such a memory aid is a mechanical counter which indicates the number of daily doses that has been dispensed. Another 35 example of such a memory aid is a battery-powered micro-chip memory coupled with a

123

liquid crystal readout, or audible reminder signal which, for example, reads out the date that the last daily dose has been taken and/or reminds one when the next dose is to be taken.

The invention will be described in greater detail by way of spécifie examples. The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to limit the invention in any manner. Those of skill in the art will readily recognize a variety of noncritical parameters that can be changed or modified to yield essentially the same results. Additional compounds within the scope of this invention may be prepared using the methods illustrated in these Examples, either alone or in combination with techniques generally known in the art. In the following Examples and Préparations, “DMSO means dimethyl sulfoxide, “N” where referring to concentration means Normal, “M” means molar, “mL” means milliliter, “mmol” means millimoles, “pmol” means micromoles, “eq.” means équivalent, “°C” means degrees Celsius, “MHz” means mégahertz, “HPLC” means high-performance liquid chromatography.

EXAMPLES

The following illustrate the synthesis of various compounds of the présent invention. Additional compounds within the scope of this invention may be prepared using the methods illustrated in these Examples, either alone or in combination with techniques generally known in the art.

Experiments were generally carried out under inert atmosphère (nitrogen or argon), particularly in cases where oxygen- or moisture-sensitive reagents or intermediates were employed. Commercial solvents and reagents were generally used without further purification. Anhydrous solvents were employed where appropriate, generally AcroSeal® products from Acros Organics or DriSolv® products from EMD

Chemicals. In other cases, commercial solvents were passed through columns packed with 4Â molecular sieves, until the following QC standards for water were attained: a) <100 ppm for dichloromethane, toluene, A/,A/-dimethylformamide and tetrahydrofuran; b) <180 ppm for methanol, éthanol, 1,4-dioxane and diisopropylamine. Forvery sensitive reactions, solvents were further treated with metallic sodium, calcium hydride or molecular sieves, and distilled just priorto use. Products were generally dried under vacuum before being carried on to further reactions or submitted for biological testing. Mass spectrometry data is reported from either liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS), atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) or gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GCMS) instrumentation. Chemical shifts for nuclear magnetic résonance (NMR) data are expressed in parts per million (ppm, δ)

124 referenced to residual peaks from the deuterated solvents employed. In some examples, chiral séparations were carried out to separate enantiomers or atropisomers (or atropenantiomers) of certain compounds of the invention (in some examples, the separated atropisomers are designated as ENT-1 and ENT-2, according to their order of elution). In some examples, the optical rotation of an enantiomer or atropisomer was measured using a polarimeter. According to its observed rotation data (or its spécifie rotation data), an enantiomer or atropisomer (or atropenantiomer) with a clockwise rotation was designated as the (+)-enantiomer or (+)-atropisomer [or the (+) atropenantiomer] and an enantiomer or atropisomer (or atropenantiomer) with a counter-clockwise rotation was designated as the (-)-enantiomer or (-)-atropisomer [or the (-) atropenantiomer].

Reactions proceeding through détectable intermediates were generally followed by LCMS, and allowed to proceed to full conversion prior to addition of subséquent reagents. For synthèses referencing procedures in other Examples or Methods, reaction conditions (reaction time and température) may vary. In general, reactions were followed by thin-layer chromatography or mass spectrometry, and subjected to work-up when appropriate. Purifications may vary between experiments: in general, solvents and the solvent ratios used for eluents/gradients were chosen to provide appropriate R_fs or rétention times.

Examples 1 and 2 (+)-1,5-Dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine2,4(1iï,3R)-dione (1) and (-)-1,5-Dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4( 1H,3H)-dione (2) o

Ύνη₂

H

NaOMe

C1

125

Step 1. Synthesis of 6-amino-1,5-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, hydrochlonde sait (C1).

A solution of sodium methoxide in methanol (4.4 M, 27 mL, 119 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 2-cyanopropanoate (95%, 13.2 mL, 99.6 mmol) and 1methylurea (98%, 8.26 g, 109 mmol) in methanol (75 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours, then cooled to room température. After removal of solvent in vacuo, the residue was repeatedly evaporated under reduced pressure with acetonitrile (3 x 50 mL), then partitioned between acetonitrile (100 mL) and water (100 mL). Aqueous 6 M hydrochloric acid was slowly added until the pH had reached approximately 2; the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The precipitate was collected via filtration and washed with ferf-butyl methyl ether, affording the product as a white solid. Yield: 15.2 g, 79.3 mmol, 80%. LCMS m/z 156.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 10.38 (brs, 1H), 6.39 (s, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 6-bromo-1,5-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(1R,3R)-dione (C2).

A 1:1 mixture of acetonitrile and water (120 mL) was added to a mixture of C1 (9.50 g, 49.6 mmol), sodium nitrite (5.24 g, 76 mmol), and copper(ll) bromide (22.4 g, 100 mmol) [bubbling and slight exotherm were observed], and the reaction mixture was 20 allowed to stir at room température for 66 hours. Addition of aqueous sulfuric acid (1 N,

200 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) provided a precipitate, which was collected via filtration and washed with water and with ethyl acetate to afford the product as a light yellow solid (7.70 g). The organic layer of the filtrate was concentrated to a smaller

126

volume, during which additional precipitate formed; this was isolated via filtration and washed with 1:1 ethyl acetate / heptane to provide additional product (0.4 g). Total yield: 8.1 g, 37 mmol, 75%. GCMS m/z 218, 220 [M⁺]. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.58 (brs, 1H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Synthesis of3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-6-bromo-1,5-dimethylpyhmidine-2,4(1R,3l·])dione (C3).

1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 6.00 mL, 40.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of C2 (8.00 g, 36.5 mmol) and benzyl chloromethyl ether (95%, 5.86 mL,

40.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL). After 90 hours at room température, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with water, and extracted several times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed sequentially with water and with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 10% to

25% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a white solid. Yield: 10.1 g, 29.8 mmol, 82%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.24-7.39 (m, 5H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H).

Step 4. Synthesis of3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-6-[4-(methoxymethoxy)-2-methylphenyl]-1,520 dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (C4).

To a mixture of C3 (10.5 g, 31.0 mmol), [4-(methoxymethoxy)-2methylphenyl]boronic acid (7.58 g, 38.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (13 g, 94 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (170 mL) was added [1,1’bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll), dichloromethane complex(1.3 g,

1.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 18 hours and filtered; the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided the product as a yellow oil. Yield: 10.5 g, 25.6 mmol, 83%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.25-7.46 (m, 5H), 6.93-7.02 (m, 3H), 5.60 (AB quartet, J_AB=9.4 Hz, Δ _Ab=9.7 Hz, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H),

3.00 (s, 3H), 2.12 (br s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-6-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-1,5dimethylpyrimidine^^lR^^-dione (C5).

To a solution of C4 (9.0 g, 22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) was added aqueous hydrochloric acid (8 M, 70 mL), and the réaction mixture was stirred at room

127 température for 1 hour. After extraction with ethyl acetate (5 x 100 mL), the combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo·, silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded the product as a white solid. Yield: 6.3 g, 17 mmol, 77%. LCMS m/z 389.0 [M+Na⁺], ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.43 (br d, 7=7

Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.37 (m, 3H), 6.91 (d, 7=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.78-6.84 (m, 2H), 5.61 (AB quartet, 7_AB=9.4 Hz, Δ _Ab=9-2 Hz, 2H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H).

Step 6. Synthesis of3-[(benzyioxy)methyl]-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methy/-4-(thieno[3,210 d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1\-\,3\-])-dione (C6).

A mixture of C5 (1.07 g, 2.92 mmol), 4-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (500 mg, 2.93 mmol) and césium carbonate (1.15 g, 3.53 mmol) in Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide (15 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 1.5 hours. After being cooled to room température, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed sequentially with water and with 15 saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford C6 as a white solid. Yield: 1.44 g, 2.88 mmol, 99%. LCMS m/z 501.2 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.42 (m, 7H), 5.45 (AB quartet, J_ab=9.5 Hz, Δ _AB=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H).

Step 7. Synthesis of (+)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4γΙοχν^βη^^ΓΪΓηιοΙΐη6-2,4('Μ,3ϊ·])^ΐοηθ (1) and (-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4(thieno[3,2-d]pyn1nidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1ï-\,3\-\)-dione (2).

Compound C6 (1.44 g, 2.88 mmol) was mixed with trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) 25 and heated at 80 °C for 16 hours. After removal of volatiles under reduced pressure, a tan solid (1.19 g) was obtained. A portion of this material (500 mg) was suspended in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), treated with concentrated ammonium hydroxide (4 mL), and stirred at room température for 30 minutes. Ethyl acetate was added, and the resulting mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Séparation of atropisomers was carried out via supercritical fluid chromatography (Column: Zymor HA-Dipyridyl, 5 pm;

Eluent: 2-propanol / carbon dioxide). The first-eluting product, obtained as a slightly gray solid (142 mg), exhibited a positive (+) rotation; this material was suspended in a 1:1 mixture of diethyl ether and heptane, allowed to stir for 30 minutes and filtered, affording 35 a solid that was designated as compound 1. Yield: 96 mg, 0.25 mmol, 21%. The

128 second-eluting atropenantiomer was a pale yellow solid (109 mg), which exhibited a négative (-) rotation. This material was suspended in a 1:1 mixture of diethyl ether and heptane, allowed to stirfor 30 minutes and filtered, affording a solid that was designated as compound 2. Yield: 84 mg, 0.22 mmol, 18%.

1:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.47 (brs, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H),

7.70 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (brs, 1H), 7.35-7.40 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 3H).

2:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 11.47 (brs, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (brs, 1H), 7.35-7.40 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H),

1.50 (s, 3H).

Example 3

4,6-Dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([ 1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyndin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)one (3)

o

129

Step 1. Synthesis of4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylfuran-2(5iï)-one (C7).

Méthylation of ethyl 3-oxopentanoate according to the method of D. Kalaitzakis et al., Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2QQ7, 18, 2418-2426, afforded ethyl 2-methyl-35 oxopentanoate; subséquent treatment with 1 équivalent of bromine in chloroform provided ethyl 4-bromo-2-methyl-3-oxopentanoate. This crude material (139 g, 586 mmol) was slowly added to a 0 °C solution of potassium hydroxide (98.7 g, 1.76 mol) in water (700 mL). The internai reaction température rose to 30 °C during the addition. The reaction mixture was then subjected to vigorous stirring for 4 hours in an ice bath, at which point it was acidified via slow addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid. After extraction with ethyl acetate, the aqueous layer was saturated with solid sodium chloride and extracted three additional times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a mixture of oil and solid (81.3 g). This material was suspended in chloroform (200 mL); the solids were removed via filtration and washed with chloroform (2 x 50 mL). The combined filtrâtes were concentrated in vacuo and treated with a 3:1 mixture of heptane and diethyl ether (300 mL). The mixture was vigorously swirled until some of the oil began to solidify, whereupon it was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an oily solid (60.2 g).

After addition of a 3:1 mixture of heptane and diethyl ether (300 mL) and vigorous stirring for 10 minutes, filtration afforded the product as an off-white solid. Yield: 28.0 g, 219 mmol, 37%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 4.84 (br q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (br s, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

130

Step 2. Synthesis of 2,4-dimethyi-5-oxo-2,5-dihydrofuran-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (C8).

Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (23.7 mL, 140 mmol) was added portion-wise to a solution of C7 (15.0 g, 117 mmol) and /V,A/-diisopropylethylamine (99%, 24.8 mL, 140 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) at -20 °C, at a rate sufficient to maintain the internai reaction température below -10 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm gradually from -20 °C to 0 °C over 5 hours. It was then passed through a plug of silica gel, dried over magnésium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in diethyl ether and filtered; the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification using silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 17% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a pale yellow oil. Yield: 21.06 g, 80.94 mmol, 69%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 5.09-5.16 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.56 (d, /=6.6 Hz, 3H).

Step 3. Synthesis of2-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2dioxaborolane (C9).

A mixture of benzyl 4-bromo-3-methylphenyl ether (19.0 g, 68.6 mmol), [1,Tbis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (7.5 g, 10 mmol), potassium acetate (26.9 g, 274 mmol) and 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (20 g, 79 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (500 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 1% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided the product as a yellow gel. Yield: 15 g, 46 mmol, 67%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.73 (d, /=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.46 (m, 5H), 6.76-6.82 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 12H).

Step 4. Synthesis of4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-3,5-dimethylfuran-2(5ï-\)-one (C10).

Compound C8 (5.0 g, 19 mmol), C9 (7.48 g, 23.1 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladîum(0) (2.22 g, 1.92 mmol), and sodium carbonate (4.07 g, 38.4 mmol) were combined in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) and water (5 mL), and heated at reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluents: 10:1, then 5:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) provided the product as a white solid. Yield: 5.8 g, 19 mmol, 100%.

131

NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.33-7.49 (m, 5H), 6.98 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (br d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (brdd, J=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (qq, J=6.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.78 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of4-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-5-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylfuran2(5H)-one (C11).

A solution of C10 (5.4 g, 18 mmol) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 13.3 g, 87.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was cooled to -60 °C. Oxygen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 20 minutes at -60 °C; the solution was then stirred at 50 °C 10 for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified via silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 5:1 petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate) to provide the product as a colorless oil. Yield: 3.5 g, 11 mmol, 61%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3), characteristic peaks: δ 7.33-7.49 (m, 5H), 6.92-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.88 (dd, J=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.73 (s, 3H).

Step 6. Synthesis of 5-[4-(benzyl oxy)-2-methylphenyl]-4,6-dimethylpyridazin-3(2iï)-one (C12).

A mixture of C11 (3.5 g, 11 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (85% in water, 1.9 g, 32 mmol) in n-butanol (60 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 hours. After removal of volatiles 20 under reduced pressure, the residue was stirred with ethyl acetate (20 mL) for 30 minutes, whereupon filtration provided the product as a white solid. Yield: 2.0 g, 6.2 mmol, 56%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 10.93 (br s, 1H), 7.33-7.51 (m, 5H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.94 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H).

Step 7. Synthesis of5-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-4,6-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-2Hpyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2}-\)-one (C13).

A mixture of C12 (17.8 g, 55.6 mmol), 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (233 g, 2.77 mol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (2.1 g, 11 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (800 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 hours. Triethylamine (10 mL, 72 mmol) was added, and the 30 mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded the product as a solid, presumed to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers from its ¹H NMR spectrum. Yield: 20 g, 49 mmol, 88%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3), characteristic peaks: δ 7.32-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.82-6.96 (m, 3H), 6.15 (brd, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.14-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.85 (m, 1H),

132

2.28-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.01 and 2.04 (2 s, total 3H), 1.97 and 1.98 (2 s, total 3H), 1.89 and 1.89 (2 s, total 3H).

Step 8. Synthesis of 5-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-4,6-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-2\-\-pyran5 2-yl)pyridazin-3(2t\)-one (C14).

Palladium (10% on carbon, 1.16 g, 1.09 mmol) was added to a solution of C13 (1.47 g, 3.63 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (10 mL), and the mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) on a Parr shaker for 18 hours at room température. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filter pad was rinsed with ethyl 10 acetate; the combined filtrâtes were concentrated in vacuo and triturated with heptane, affording the product as a white solid, presumed to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers from its ¹H NMR spectrum. Yield: 1.01 g, 3.21 mmol, 88%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃), characteristic peaks: δ 6.74-6.85 (m, 3H), 6.12-6.17 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.84 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.99 and 2.01 (2 s, total 3H), 1.97 and 15 1.98 (2 s, total 3H), 1.89 and 1.89 (2 s, total 3H).

Step 9. Synthesis of 4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7yloxy)phenyl]-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2^,r\)-one (C15).

Compound P1 (62.5 mg, 0.366 mmol) was added to a solution of C14 (138 mg, 20 0.439 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL); this was followed by addition of césium carbonate (358 mg, 1.10 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (8.30 mg, 37.0 pmoi) and di-terfbutyl[3,4,5,6-tetramethyl-2',4',6'-tri(propan-2-yl)bipheny)-2-yl]phosphane (35.1 mg, 73.0 pmol). After the reaction mixture had been purged with nitrogen for 5 minutes, it was heated in a microwave reactor at 80 °C for 1 hour, then filtered through diatomaceous 25 earth using ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 50% ethyl acetate in heptane). The product was obtained as a yellow oil, which by ¹H NMR analysis was judged to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers. Yield: 70 mg, 0.16 mmol, 36%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3), characteristic peaks: δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, 7=5.7 30 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.27 (m, 2H), [7.02 (d, 7=8.2 Hz) and 7.06 (d, 7=8.1 Hz), total 1 H].

Step 10. Synthesis of4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2iï)-one (3).

A solution of hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4 M, 1.2 mL, 4.8 mmol) was 35 added to a solution of C15 (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL), and the

133 reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room température for 16 hours. Ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers were dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a white solid. Yield: 39 mg, 0.11 mmol, 69%. LCMS m/z 365.2 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 10.37 (br s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.31 (m, 2H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.09 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).

Example 4

4-Methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one (4)

Step 1. Synthesis of 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2R-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2R)-one (C16).

A mixture of 4,5-dichloropyridazin-3-ol (42 g, 250 mmol), 3,4-dihydro-2/7-pyran (168 g, 2.00 mol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (8.8 g, 51 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 L) was heated at reflux for 2 days. After cooling to room température, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 3% to 5% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether). The product was obtained as a white solid. Yield: 42 g, 170 mmol, 68%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.84 (s, 1H), 6.01 (br d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 1H), 1.99-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.80 (m, 4H).

134

Step 2. Synthesis of 4-chloro-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2R-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2R)-one (C17) and 5-chloro-4-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (C18).

To a mixture of C16 (40 g, 0.16 mol), methylboronic acid (9.6 g, 0.16 mol) and césium carbonate (156 g, 479 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (500 mL) and water (50 mL) was added [1,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (5 g, 7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 2 hours, whereupon it was cooled to room température and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 3% to 6% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded C17 as a pale yellow solid. Yield: 9.0 g, 39 mmol, 24%. LCMS m/z 250.8 [M+Na⁺], ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.71 (s, 1H), 6.07 (dd, 2=10.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.81 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.98-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.81 (m, 4H). Also obtainedwas C18, as a pale yellow solid. Yield: 9.3 g, 41 mmol, 26%. LCMS m/z 250.7 [M+Na⁺], ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.77 (s, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J=10.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.79 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.99-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.79 (m, 4H).

Step 3. Synthesis of 5-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-methyiphenyl]-4-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2iï-pyran-

2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (C19).

A solution of C9 (7.30 g, 22.5 mmol), C18 (2.7 g, 12 mmol), [1,1’bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (1.3 g, 1.8 mmol) and césium carbonate (7.7 g, 24 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was heated at reflux for 7 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 10% to 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded the product as a brown gel, presumed to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers from its ¹H NMR spectrum. Yield: 2.5 g, 6.4 mmol, 53%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃), characteristic peaks: δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.49 (m, 5H), 6.96-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.94 (br d, 2=2 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (dd, 2=8.3, 2 Hz, 1H), 6.146.20 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.12 and 2.14 (2 s, total 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.71-1.86 (m, 3H).

Step 4. Synthesis of 5-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-4-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2'r\-pyran-2yl)pyridazin-3(2R)-one (C20).

A mixture of C19 (2.5 g, 6.4 mmol) and wet palladium on carbon (0.8 g) in methanol (80 mL) was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 3 days, whereupon the reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate was concentrated

135

in vacuo, and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 10% to 60% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide the product as a white solid, judged to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers from its ¹H NMR spectrum. Yield: 1.6 g, 5.3 mmol, 83%. LCMS m/z 301 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃), characteristic peaks: δ

7.64-7.68 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.14-6.19 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.85 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.09 and 2.11 (2 s, total 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.85 (m, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of 4-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]-210 (tetrahydro-2R-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2V\)-one (C21).

To a mixture of C20 (140 mg, 0.461 mmol), césium carbonate (456 mg, 1.40 mmol) and copper(l) iodide (356 mg, 1.87 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) was added 4chlorothieno[3,2-c(|pyrimidine (70 mg, 0.41 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 hours. It was then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo-, the residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Synergi C18, 4 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.225% formic acid in water; Mobile phase B: 0.225% formic acid in acetonitrile; Gradient: 49% to 69% B) to afford the product as a white solid. This material was judged to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers via examination of its ¹H NMR spectrum. Yield: 44 mg, 0.10 mmol, 24%. LCMS m/z 434.9 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCL), characteristic peaks: δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.16-6.21 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.87 (m, 1H), 2.20 and 2.22 (2 s, total 3H), 2.18-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.04 and 2.05 (2 s, total 3H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.87 (m, 3H).

Step 6. Synthesis of4-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one (4).

A solution of C21 (43 mg, 99 pmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and dichloromethane (1 mL) was treated with hydrogen chloride (4 M solution in 1,4dioxane, 1.31 mL, 5.24 mmol), and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room température for 2 hours. Solvents were removed under a stream of nitrogen, and the residue was partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 mL) and ethyl acetate (2 mL); the aqueous layerwas extracted with ethyl acetate (2 mL). The combined organic layers were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen, and the residue was purified via reversed phase HPLC (Column: Waters Sunfire C18, 5 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic

136 acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 5% to 100% B) to provide the product as a solid. Yield: 13.7 mg, 39.1 pmol, 39%. LCMS m/z 351.0 [M+H]⁺- ¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSOd₆) δ 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (br s, 1H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H).

Example 5

1,5-Dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)-one (5)

Pd(OAc)₂Bu₃SnOMe P(o-to1yl)₃

Step 1. Synthesis of 1-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)propan-2-one (C22).

This experimentwas carried out four times. Tributyl(methoxy)stannane (400 g, 1.24 mol), 1-bromo-4-methoxy-2-methylbenzene (250 g, 1.24 mol), prop-1-en-2-yl acetate (187 g, 1.87 mol), palladium(ll) acetate (7.5 g, 33 mmol) and tri-o-tolylphosphine (10 g, 33 mmol) were stirred together in toluene (2 L) at 100 °C for 18 hours. After it had cooled to room température, the reaction mixture was treated with aqueous potassium fluoride solution (4 M, 400 mL) and stirred for 2 hours at 40 °C. The resulting mixture was diluted with toluene (500 mL) and filtered through diatomaceous earth; the filter pad was thoroughly washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 1.5 L). The organic layer from the combined filtrâtes was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.

Purification via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 5% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided the product as a yellow oil. Combined yield: 602 g, 3.38 mol,

137

68%. LCMS m/z 179.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.05 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.77 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 1-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)propane-1,2-dione (C23).

Compound C22 (6.00 g, 33.7 mmol) and sélénium dioxide (7.47 g, 67.3 mmol) were suspended in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) and heated at 100 °C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room température and filtered through diatomaceous earth; the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 10% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a bright yellow oil. Yield: 2.55 g, 13.3 mmol, 39%. LCMS m/z 193.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 7.66 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (br d, half of AB quartet, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (brdd, half of ABX pattern, J=8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.60 (br s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Synthesis of6-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-5-methylpyrazin-2(1H)-one (C24). Compound C23 (4.0 g, 21 mmol) and glycinamide acetate (2.79 g, 20.8 mmol) were dissolved in methanol (40 mL) and cooled to -10 °C. Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (12 N, 3.5 mL, 42 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was slowly warmed to room température. After stirring for 3 days, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with water, and 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid was added until the pH was approximately 7. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was slurried with 3:1 ethyl acetate / heptane, stirred for 5 minutes, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluent: ethyl acetate) provided the product as a tan solid that contained 15% of an undesired regioisomer; this material was used without further purification. Yield: 2.0 g. LCMS m/z231.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3), product peaks only: δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.87 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H).

Step 4. Synthesis of6-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrazin-2(1ï-\)-one (C25).

Compound C24 (from the previous step, 1.9 g) was dissolved in N,Ndimethylformamide (40 mL). Lithium bromide (0.86 g, 9.9 mmol) and sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (95%, 1.91 g, 9.89 mmol) were added, and the resulting solution

138

was stirred for 30 minutes. Methyl iodide (0.635 mL, 10.2 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at room température for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water and brought to a pH of approximately 7 by slow portion-wise addition of 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the 5 combined organic layers were washed several times with water, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 75% to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a viscous orange oil. Yield: 1.67 g, 6.84 mmol, 33% over two steps. LCMS m/z 245.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.03 (brd, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.90 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.08 10 (brs, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of6-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrazin-2(1V])-one (C26).

To a -78 °C solution of C25 (1.8 g, 7.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added a solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane (1 M, 22 mL, 22 mmol). The cooling bath was removed after 30 minutes, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room température and stir for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to -78 °C, and methanol (10 mL) was slowly added; the resulting mixture was gradually warmed to room température. After the solvent had been removed in vacuo, methanol (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was again concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and water (200 mL), the aqueous layer was brought to pH 7 via portion-wise addition of saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water and with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a light tan solid. Yield: 1.4 g, 6.0 mmol, 81%. LCMS m/z 231.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.85 (br dd, J=8.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.06 (br s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H).

Step 6. Synthesis of 1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)-one (5).

A mixture of C26 (91.8 mg, 0.295 mmol), 7-chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine (50 mg,

0.29 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (6.50 mg, 29.0 pmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9dimethylxanthene (34.1 mg, 59.0 pmol) and césium carbonate (288 mg, 0.884 mmol) in

1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was heated at 120 °C for 3 hours, whereupon it was allowed to cool

139

to room température and filtered. After removal of volatiles in vacuo, the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (Gradient: 0% to 25% [80:20:1 dichloromethane / methanol / concentrated ammonium hydroxide] in dichloromethane). The product was obtained as a solid. Yield: 38 mg, 0.10 mmol, 34%. LCMS m/z 364.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d,

7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 2H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.17 (d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H).

Example 6

7-[4-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyndine (6)

Step 1. Synthesis of 5-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine (C27).

[1,T-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll)-dichloromethane complex (5 g, 6 mmol) was added to a degassed mixture of 2-(4-methoxy-215 methylphenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (30 g, 120 mmol), 5-bromo-4,6dimethylpyrimidine (22.5 g, 120 mmol), and potassium phosphate (76.3 g, 359 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (300 mL) and water (150 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours, whereupon it was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided the product as a brown solid. Yield: 25 g, 110 mmol, 92%. LCMS m/z 229.3 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.84 (dd, 7=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 1.99 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenol (C28).

Boron tribromide (3.8 mL, 40 mmol) was added drop-wise to a solution of C27 (3.0 g, 13 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) at -70 °C. The reaction mixture was

140

stirred at room température for 16 hours, then adjusted to pH 8 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 200 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 60% to 90% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded the product as a yellow solid. Yield: 1.2 g, 5.6 mmol, 43%. LCMS m/z 215.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.98 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.96 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Synthesis of 7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3cjpyridine (6).

A mixture of 7-chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine (100 mg, 0.59 mmol), C28 (126 mg, 0.590 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (13.2 mg, 58.8 pmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)9,9-dimethylxanthene (68.3 mg, 0.118 mmol), and césium carbonate (769 mg, 2.36 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was heated at 120 °C for 3 hours. After the reaction mixture had been cooled to room température and filtered through a syringe filter using ethyl acetate, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and subjected to silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 50% [80:20:1 dichloromethane / methanol / concentrated ammonium hydroxide] in dichloromethane). The product was isolated as a solid. Yield: 140 mg, 0.403 mmol, 68%. LCMS m/z 348.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCIa) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (br d, J=2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (br dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.04 (s, 3H).

Example 7

2-(4,6-Dimethylpyri midin-5-y!)-5-([ 1,3]thiazo!o[5,4-c]pyridin-4-yloxy)benzonitrile (7)

Step 1. Synthesis of2-bromo-5-{[iert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}benzonitrile (C29).

1/7-lmidazole (2.14 g, 31.4 mmol) was added portion-wise to a 0 °C solution of 2bromo-5-hydroxybenzonitrile (5.65 g, 28.5 mmol) and fert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (4.52 g, 30.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (56.5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room température for 2 hours, and was then filtered; the filtrate was washed with water and with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether, and the combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as an orange oil. Yield: 8.87 g, 28.4 mmol, quantitative. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.50 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.95 (m, 1H), 0.98 (s, 9H), 0.22 (s, 6H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 5-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzonitrile (C30).

Compound C29 (8.00 g, 25.6 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1,3,2dioxaborolane (6.83 g, 26.9 mmol) and potassium acetate (10.06 g, 102.5 mmol) were combined in degassed 1,4-dioxane (160 mL). After addition of [1,1’20 bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (1.05 g, 1.28 mmol), the reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C for 4 hours. After cooling, it was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filter pad was rinsed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrâtes were concentrated in vacuo-, siiica gel chromatography (Gradient: 20% to 50% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided the product as a colorless, viscous oil. Yield: 5.60 g,

142

15.6 mmol, 61%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.76 (br d, 7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 7=2.4, 0.3 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 7=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 12H), 0.98 (s, 9H), 0.22 (s, 6H).

Step 3. Synthesis of2-(4,6-dimethylpynmidin-5-yl)-5-hydroxybenzonitrile (C31).

Compound C30 (4.05 g, 11.3 mmol) was combined with 5-bromo-4,6dimethylpyrimidine hydrobromide (7.16 g, 26.7 mmol) and potassium phosphate (7.03 g, 33.1 mmol) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (20.2 mL) and water (16.2 mL). Chloro(2dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxy-1,T-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino-1,T10 biphenyl)]palladium(ll) (prepared from biphenyl-2-amine and dicyclohexyl(2',6'dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphane (S-Phos) according to the procedure of S. L. Buchwald et al., 7. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132, 14073-14075) (0.20 g, 0.28 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours. It was then cooled to room température, and the organic layer was extracted with aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 N, 2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were adjusted to a pH of approximately 6-7 with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and then were extracted with ethyl acetate. These combined organic layers were dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solids were triturated with hot heptane to afford the product as a tan solid. Yield: 1.86 g, 8.26 mmol, 73%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,

DMSO-d₆) δ 10.48 (s, 1H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, 7=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, 7=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, 7=8.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.18 (s, 6H).

Step 4. Synthesis of2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4yloxy)benzonitrile (7).

A mixture of C31 (113 mg, 0.502 mmol), 4-chloro[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (85 mg, 0.50 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (12 mg, 53 pmol), di-te/ï-butyl[3,4,5,6-tetramethyl2',4',6'-tri(propan-2-yl)biphenyl-2-yl]phosphane (24 mg, 50 pmol) and césium carbonate (489 mg, 1.50 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2.5 mL) was heated at 100 °C in a microwave reactor for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC (Phenomenex Synergi C18, 4 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.225% formic acid in water; Mobile phase B: 0.225% formic acid in acetonitrile; Gradient: 33% to 53% B), affording the product as an off-white solid. Yield: 95 mg, 0.26 mmol, 52%. LCMS m/z 360.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d,

143

/=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, /=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, /=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, /=8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (s, 6H).

Example 8

2-Methyl-1-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-cJpyridine (8)

C32 C33

Step 1. Synthesis otN-^-methoxy^-methylphenyljS-nitropyridin^-amine (C32).

A solution of 4-methoxy-2-methylaniline (23.8 g, 173 mmol), 4-chloro-310 nitropyridine (25 g, 160 mmol), and triethylamine (33.0 mL, 237 mmol) in éthanol (250 mL) was stirred at room température for 16 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and filtered through a thick pad of silica gel (Eluent: ethyl acetate, 1 L). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide the product as a purple oil, which solidified on standing. This material was used without further purification. Yield: 41 g, 160 mmol, 100%. LCMS m/z 260.1 [M+H]⁺.

Step 2. Synthesis ofN⁴-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)pyridine-3,4-diamine (C33).

Palladium on carbon (10%, 3 x 2.12 g) was added to each of three batches of C32 (each approximately 10 g; total 31 g, 120 mmol) in methanol (3 x 100 mL). The three suspensions were independently hydrogenated under 45 psi hydrogen at room température on a Parr shaker for 24 hours. The three reaction mixtures were combined, filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography [Gradient: 2% to 10% (1.7 M ammonia in methanol) in dichloromethane] afforded the product as a light brown solid. Yield: 24.0 g, 105 mmol,

88%. LCMS m/z 230.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.01 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (d, /=5.5

Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, /=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (br d, /=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (br dd, /=8.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (brs, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.20 (brs, 3H).

144

Step 3. Synthesis of 1-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-2-methyl-1iï-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine (C34).

A mixture of C33 (3.95 g, 17.2 mmol), acetic anhydride (1.96 mL, 20.7 mmol), and triethyl orthoacetate (99%, 15.9 mL, 86.4 mmol) was heated at 145 °C for 1 hour, then at 100 °C for 48 hours. After being cooled to room température, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 2% to 5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided the product as a light pink oil. Yield: 4.10 g, 16.2 mmol, 94%. LCMS m/z 254.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 9.07 (brd, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.97 (m, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.94 (br s, 3H).

Step 4. Synthesis of 3-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyndin-1-yl)phenol (C35). Boron tribromide (1 M solution in dichloromethane, 44.1 mL, 44.1 mmol) was added drop-wise to a solution of C34 (3.72 g, 14.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 15 minutes, whereupon the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room température. After 20 hours at room température, the reaction mixture was again cooled to -78 °C and slowly quenched with methanol (20 mL). At this point, the cooling bath was removed; the mixture was allowed to reach ambient température and then stir for 15 minutes. Volatiles were removed in vacuo, methanol (100 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resulting solid was taken directly to the next step. LCMS m/z 240.1 [M+H]⁺.

Step 5. Synthesis of2-methyl-1-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-1iïimidazo[4,5-c]pyridine (8).

Dimethyl sulfoxide (0.9 mL) was added to a mixture of 7-chlorothieno[2,3c]pyridine (36.8 mg, 0.217 mmol), C35 (51.9 mg, 0.217 mmol), and césium carbonate (142 mg, 0.436 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated at 130 °C for 16 hours. Ethyl acetate (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was filtered through silica gel (1 g), eluting with additional ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo-, purification via reversed phase HPLC (Column: Waters XBridge, 5 pm; Mobile phase A:

145

0.03% ammonium hydroxide in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.03% ammonium hydroxide in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 35% to 100% B) provided the product. Yield: 21.5 mg, 57.7 pmol, 27%. LCMS m/z 373.0 [M+H]⁺. Rétention time: 2.30 minutes (Column: Waters Atlantis dC18, 4.6 x 50 mm, 5 pm; Mobile phase A:

0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 5.0% to 95% B, linear over 4.0 minutes; Flow rate: 1.5 mL/minute).

Example 9

5-[4-(Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-6-methylimidazo[ 1,2-a]pyrazine (9)

Step 1. Synthesis of7-(4-bromo-3-methylphenoxy)furo[2,3-c]pyridine (C36).

7-Chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine was reacted with 4-bromo-3-methylphénol according to the method described for synthesis of 5 in Example 5. In this case, the eluent used for 15 silica gel chromatography was 7:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate. The product was obtained as a colorless oil. Yield: 0.60 g, 2.0 mmol, 51%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 7.93 (d, /=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, /=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, /=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, /=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (brd, /=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (brdd, /=8.7, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, /=2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 7-[3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)phenoxy]furo[2,3-c]pyridine (C37).

Compound C36 was converted to the product using the method described for synthesis of C9 in Example 3. The product was obtained as a white solid. Yield: 0.51 g, 25 1.5 mmol, 75%.

146

Step 3. Synthesis of 5-[4-(furo[2,3-c]pyndin-7-yloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-6methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine (9).

A mixture of C37 (35 mg, 0.10 mmol), 5-bromo-6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine (prepared via the method of A. R. Harris et al., Tetrahedron 2011, 67, 9063-9066) (15 mg, 71 pmol), tetrakîs(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (12 mg, 10 pmol) and sodium carbonate (21 mg, 0.2 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (4:1, 1.2 mL) was heated at 130 °C in a microwave reactor for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo-, préparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel (Eluent: 1:1 petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate) provided the product as a light yellow syrup. Yield: 12 mg, 34 pmol, 48%. LCMS m/z 356.9 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 9.13 (brs, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (br s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.18 (brs, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H).

Example 10

7-[3-Methoxy-4-(3-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine (10)

O

Pd(dppf)CI₂

KOAc

Step 1. Synthesis of (4-bromo-3-methoxyphenoxy)[tri(propan-2-yl)]silane (C38).

A solution of 4-bromo-3-methoxyphenol (5.0 g, 25 mmol), tri(propan-2-yl)silyl chloride (70%, 17 g, 62 mmol), and triethylamine (8.6 mL, 62 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was heated at reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated

147

in vacuo, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the product as a yellow oil. Yield: 8.0 g, 22 mmol, 88%.

Step 2. Synthesis of [3-methoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)phenoxy][tri(propan-2-yl)Jsilane (C39).

Compound C38 was converted to the product according to the method described for synthesis of C9 in Example 3. The product was isolated as a light green oil. Yield:

9.0 g, 22 mmol, 96%.

Step 3. Synthesis of2-(2-methoxy-4-{[tri(propan-2-yl)silyl]oxy}phenyl)-3-methylpyrazine (C40).

A solution of C39 (2.35 g, 5.78 mmol), 2-bromo-3-methylpyrazine (1.0 g, 5.8 mmol), [1,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (634 mg, 0.866 mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.2 g, 23 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) and water (8 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (Eluent: ethyl acetate) to afford the product as a yellow solid. Yield:

0.90 g, 2.4 mmol, 42%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.46 (brd, 7=2 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d,

7=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (dd, 7=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, 7=2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.08-1.18 (m, 18H).

Step 4. Synthesis of3-methoxy-4-(3-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenol (C41).

A solution of C40 (2.0 g, 5.4 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (5.6 g, 21 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo-, silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 1:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) provided the product as a red oil. Yield: 0.80 g, 3.7 mmol, 69%. LCMS m/z 217.5 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 8.45-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.44 (d, half of AB quartet, 7=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.45-6.50 (m, 2H), 5.97-6.11 (br m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of7-[3-methoxy-4-(3-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine (10).

148

7-Chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine (350 mg, 2.06 mmol), 1,T-binaphthalene-2,2'diylbis(diphenylphosphane) (BINAP, 261 mg, 0.419 mmol), césium carbonate (1.68 g, 5.16 mmol), and palladium(ll) acetate (47 mg, 0.21 mmol) were added to a solution of C41 (371 mg, 1.72 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 5 minutes, then heated at 120 °C for 3 hours, whereupon it was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the product as a white solid. Yield: 270 mg, 0.77 mmol, 45%. LCMS m/z 350.2 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.49 (s, 2H), 8.00 (d, 7=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, 7=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d,

7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, 7=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, 7=8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.47 (s,

3H).

Example 11

7-[4-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]furo[2,3-c]pyridine (11)

A mixture of C37 (53 mg, 0.15 mmol), 5-bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine (30 mg, 0.16 mmol), tris(dibenzylîdeneacetone)dipalladium(0) (21 mg, 23 pmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (17 mg, 61 pmol), and potassium phosphate (68 mg, 0.32 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) was stirred in a microwave reactor at 125 °C for 2 hours, whereupon it was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo; purification via préparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel (Eluent: 2:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) afforded the product as a white solid. Yield: 22 mg, 66 pmol, 44%. LCMS m/z 331.9 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d,

7=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 1H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.19-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, 7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H).

Example 12

7-(4-(4,6-Dimethylpynmidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]-1Y\-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (12)

149

Step 1. Synthesis of7-(4-bromo-3-methylphenoxy)-1R-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (C42).

7-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine was reacted with 4-bromo-3-methylphenol using the conditions described for synthesis of 5 in Example 5. In this case, the eluent employed for chromatography was 50:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate, and the product was obtained as a green solid. Yield: 500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 28%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.70 (brs, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=3.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=8.5, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (dd, J=3.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 7-[3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)phenoxy]-1 }-\-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (C43).

Compound C42 was converted to the product according to the procedure described for synthesis of C9 in Example 3. The product was obtained as a white solid.

LCMS m/z 351.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.56 (br s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=2.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J=2.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 12H).

Step 3. Synthesis of7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]-1H-pyrrolo[2,320 cjpyridine (12).

5-Bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine was reacted with C43 using the method described for synthesis of 11 in Example 11. The product was obtained as a yellow solid. Yield: 10 mg, 30 pmol, 30%. LCMS m/z 331.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.89 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=5.6

150

Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H).

Example 13

5-[2-Fluoro-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-6-methylpyhmidine-4-carbonitrile (13)

Step 1. Synthesis of (4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)[tri(propan-2-yl)]silane (C44).

To a solution of 4-bromo-3-fluorophenol (350 g, 1.83 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 L) was added tri(propan-2-yl)silyl chloride (703 g, 3.65 mol) and triethylamine (739 g, 7.30 10 mol), and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours. It was then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 100:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) to afford the product as a colorless oil. Yield: 600 g, 1.7 mol, 93%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.35 (dd, J=8.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J=10.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (ddd, J=8.8, 2.6, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 1.19-1.33 15 (m, 3H), 1.04-1.16 (m, 18H).

Step 2. Synthesis of [3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)phenoxy][tn(propan-2-yl)]silane (C45).

Compound C44 was converted to the product using the method described for 20 synthesis of C9 in Example 3. The product was obtained as a yellow oil. Yield: 110 g, 279 mmol, 48%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.59 (dd, J=8.0, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J=11.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 1.35 (s, 12H), 1.21-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.061.12 (m, 18H).

Step 3. Synthesis of 5-(2-fluoro-4-{[tri(propan-2-yl)silyl]oxy}phenyl)-6-methylpynmidine4-carbonitrile (C46).

151

Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (18.3 g, 20.0 mmol) and tricyclohexylphosphine (5.6 g, 20 mmol) were added to a mixture of C45 (100 g, 0.25 mol), 5-bromo-6-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonitrile (40 g, 0.20 mol), and potassium phosphate trihydrate (160 g, 0.60 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 L). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 5% to 9% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided the product as a yellow oil. Yield: 40 g, 0.10 mol, 50%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCH) δ 9.17 (s, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 7=8.7, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.79 (dd, 7=11.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (d, 7=0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.24-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.07-1.18 (m, 18H).

Step 4. Synthesis of 5-(2-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-6-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonitrile (C47).

A solution of C46 (40 g, 0.10 mol) and tetraethylammonium fluoride (46.5 g, 0.312 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 L) was stirred at room température for 2 hours. After the 15 reaction mixture had been concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 3:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) to afford the product as a yellow solid. Yield: 12 g, 52 mmol, 52%. LCMS m/z 230.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 9.19 (s, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 7=8.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.75-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.07-6.18 (brs, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of 5-[2-fluoro-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-6methylpyrimidine-4-carbonitrile (13).

7-Chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine was reacted with C47 using the method described for synthesis of 10 in Example 10. In this case, purification was carried out via préparative HPLC, providing the product as a pink solid. Yield: 7.5 mg, 21 pmol, 12%. LCMS m/z 363.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (ddd, 7=8, 8, 1 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 2H), 2.57 (d, 7=0.9 Hz, 3H).

Example 14

7-[4-(3,5-Dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine (14)

152

C52 C51 C50

Step 1. Synthesis of 4-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2iï-pyran-2yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (C48).

A degassed aqueous solution of potassium phosphate (0.5 M, 4.37 mL, 2.18 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of (4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)boronic acid (200 mg, 1.20 mmol), C17 (250 mg, 1.09 mmol), and chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,T-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino-1,T-biphenyl)]palladium(ll) (22 mg, 28 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL). After 4 hours at room température, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate; the organic layer was washed twice with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 3:7 ethyl acetate / heptane) afforded the product as a gum. Yield: 290 mg, 0.922 mmol, 85%. LCMS m/z 315.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃), presumed to be a mixture of diastereomeric atropisomers; δ 7.76 and 7.77 (2 s, total 1H), [6.92 (d, 7=8.4 Hz) and 6.93 (d, 7=8.4 Hz), total 1H], 6.79-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 7=8.4, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.06 (dd, 7=10.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.66-3.76 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.08 and 2.08 (2 s, total 3H), 1.96-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.93 and 1.94 (2 s, total 3H), 1.63-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.481.60 (m, 1H).

Step 2. Synthesis of4-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-5-methylpyridazin-3(2\-\)-one (C49).

153

Compound C48 (184 mg, 0.585 mmol) was mixed with a solution of hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4 M, 8 mL) and allowed to stir for 1 hour. Concentration in vacuo provided the product as a solid (140 mg), which was taken directly to the next step. LCMS m/z 231.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.98 (br s, 1H), 6.98 (d,

J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (br d, 7=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (br dd, J=8.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H),

2.09 (brs, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-5-methylpyridazine (C50).

A mixture of C49 (from the previous step, 140 mg, <0.585 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (1.5 mL, 16 mmol) was stirred at 90 °C for 1.5 hours. After removal of the phosphorus oxychloride in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (120 mL) and water (20 mL) and neutralized with sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed sequentially with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 50 mL) and water (2 x 50 mL), then dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was obtained as a gum. Yield: 133 mg, 0.535 mmol, 91% over two steps. LCMS m/z 249.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 9.03 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, half of AB quartet, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.91 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H).

Step 4. Synthesis of4-(4-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)-3,5-dimethylpyridazine (C51). Nitrogen was bubbled for 10 minutes into a stirring mixture of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (32 mg, 28 pmol) and C50 (133 mg, 0.535 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL). Trimethylaluminum (2 M in toluene, 0.5 mL, 1.0 mmol) was then added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 95 °C for 1.5 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was quenched via drop-wise addition of methanol, then diluted with methanol. The mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 5% methanol in ethyl acetate) afforded the product as an oil. Yield: 94 mg, 0.41 mmol, 77%. LCMS m/z 229.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 6.78-6.86 (m, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H),

1.97 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Synthesis of4-(3,5-dimethylpyn'dazin-4-yl)-3-methylphenol (C52).

Boron tribromide (1 M solution in dichloromethane, 13.0 mL, 13.0 mmol) was added drop-wise to a -78 °C solution of C51 (740 mg, 3.24 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). After stirring at -78 °C for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was gradually

154

warmed to room température over 1 hour, and stirred at room température for 2 hours. It was then cooled to -78 °C, quenched with anhydrous methanol (15 mL), and allowed to warm to room température. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and the residue was treated with methanol (20 mL) and heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure; the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The aqueous layer was adjusted to a pH of 14 with 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, then washed with additional dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was brought to pH 6 - 7 by addition of 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid and stirred for 10 minutes; the resulting precipitate was isolated via filtration, affording the product as an off-white solid. Yield: 599 mg, 2.80 mmol, 86%. LCMS m/z 215.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 6.746.89 (m, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H).

Step 6. Synthesis of7-[4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,315 cjpyridine (14).

A mixture of C52 (21.5 mg, 0.100 mmol), 7-chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine (18.5 mg, 0.109 mmol), and césium carbonate (141 mg, 0.433 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (1 mL) was heated at 140 °C for 3 hours, filtered through a syringe filter disk, and subjected to reversed phase HPLC (Column: Waters Sunfire C18, 5 pm; Mobile phase A:

0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 25% to 100% B) to afford the product. Yield: 27.5 mg, 79.2 pmol, 79%. LCMS m/z 348.2 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, /=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, /=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (br d, /=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (brdd, /=8.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, /=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H).

Préparations

Préparations bleow describe préparations of P1-P4 that can be used as starting materials for préparation of certain examples of compounds of the invention.

Préparation P1

7-Chloro[1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (P1)

155

Step 1. Synthesis of methyl 4-bromo-1,2-thiazole-5-carboxylate (C53).

n-Butyllithium (2.5 M solution in hexanes, 10.5 mL, 26.2 mmol) was added to a -78 °C solution of diisopropylamine (3.68 mL, 26.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL).

After 30 minutes, a solution of 4-bromo-1,2-thiazole (3.70 g, 22.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added drop-wise, and stirring was continued at -78 °C for 30 minutes, whereupon methyl carbonocyanidate (99%, 2.15 mL, 26.8 mmol) was added. After an additional 30 minutes at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was quenched via addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room température. After dilution with water, it was extracted with ethyl acetate; the combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 5% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided the product as a white solid. Yield: 4.0 g, 18 mmol, 80%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ

8.43 (s, 1 H), 3.97 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of methyl 4-[(tnmethylsilyl)ethynyl]-1,2-thiazole-5-carboxylate (C54). Ethynyl(trimethyl)silane (1.77 g, 18.0 mmol) and triethylamine (30 mL) were added to a mixture of C53 (2.00 g, 9.01 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) 20 (104 mg, 90.0 pmol), copper(l) bromide (95%, 105 mg, 0.69 mmol), lithium bromide (210 mg, 2.42 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (104 mg, 0.396 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 55 °C for 16 hours, whereupon it was cooled to room température and filtered through diatomaceous earth; the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane. The combined filtrâtes were concentrated in vacuo and purified via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 20% ethyl acetate in heptane) to afford the product as a yellow oil. Yield: 1.93 g, 8.06 mmol, 89%. LCMS m/z 240.1 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) 8.51 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 0.30 (s, 9H).

156

Step 3. Synthesis of4-ethynyl-1,2-thiazole-5-carboxamide (C55).

A mixture of C54 (1.93 g, 8.06 mmol) and a solution of ammonia in methanol (7 M, 35 mL) was stirred at room température for 66 hours, whereupon it was concentrated in vacuo to provide the product as a yellow solid. This material (1.34 g) was used in the following step without additional purification. LCMS m/z 153.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCIa) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.21 (brs, 1H), 6.28 (br s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 1H).

Step 4. Synthesis of [1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7(6\-])-one (C56).

A mixture of C55 (from the previous step, 1.34 g, <8.06 mmol) was combined with a solution of dimethylamine in methanol (2 M, 50 mL, 100 mmol) and heated at reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room température and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford the product as a brown solid. Yield: 1.19 g, 7.82 mmol, 97% over two steps. LCMS m/z 153.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, 7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, 7=6.9 Hz, 1H).

Step 5. Synthesis of 7-chloro[1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (P1).

Compound C56 (1.16 g, 7.62 mmol) was cooled in an ice bath and treated in a drop-wise manner with phosphorus oxychloride (20 mL). The reaction mixture was then 20 heated at 80 °C for 70 minutes, allowed to sit at room température for 16 hours, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 50% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided the product as a white solid. Yield: 1.12 g, 6.56 mmol, 86%. LCMS 25 m/z 171.0, 173.0 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.41 (br d, 7=5.5

Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H).

Préparation P2

3-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(1R,3V\)-dione 30 (P2)

157

Step 1. Synthesis of 6-bromo-3-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrimidine2,4(1H,3H)-dione (C57).

1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, 98%, 5.57 mL, 36.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of C2 (4.00 g, 18.3 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-1,2-dimethoxybenzene (5.16 g, 27.6 mmol) in acetonitrile (80 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 hours. After removal of solvent in vacuo, the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 25% to 50% ethyl acetate in heptane) to afford the product as a white solid. Yield: 5.70 g, 15.4 mmol, 84%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.08-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H),

2.14 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,5dimethylpyrimidine-2,4( 1H,3H)-dione (P2).

To a solution of C57 (3.5 g, 9.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) were added 4hydroxyphenyl boronic acid (2.7 g, 19 mmol), 1,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium(ll) chloride, dichloromethane complex (592 mg, 0.711 mmol), and aqueous potassium carbonate solution (3 M, 9 mL, 27 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 16 hours, then cooled to room température, diluted with ethyl acetate and water, and filtered through diatomaceous earth to remove solids. The organic layer of the filtrate was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnésium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 25% to 50% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the product as a white solid. Yield: 3.4 g, 8.9 mmol, 94%.

LCMS m/z 383.2 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 7.23 (d, half of AB quartet, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, half of ABX pattern, J=8.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (br AB quartet, J_AB=8.8 Hz, Δ _ab=36.1 Hz, 4H), 6.83 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (brs, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 3H).

158

Préparation P3

4-Chloro-3,5-dimethylpyridazine (P3)

Step 1. Synthesis of 3,4-dichloro-5-methylpyridazine (C58).

A mixture of C17 (1.0 g, 4.4 mmol) and phosphores oxychloride (15 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. After cooling to room température, the reaction mixture was slowly poured into water (150 mL), then adjusted to pH > 8 with solid potassium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 50 mL), and the combined 10 organic layers were concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 10:1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate ) provided the product as a pale yellow solid. Yield: 420 mg, 2.58 mmol, 59%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylpyridazine (P3).

To a mixture of C58 (600 mg, 3.7 mmol), methylboronic acid (222 mg, 3.71 mmol) and césium carbonate (2.4 g, 7.4 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (25 mL) was added [1,Tbis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) (100 mg, 0.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 4 hours, whereupon it was poured into ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with water (3 x 20 mL). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo; silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 17% to 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded the product as a pale yellow solid. Yield: 300 mg, 2.1 mmol, 57%. LCMS m/z 142.7, 144.7 [M+H]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCIs) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H).

Préparation P4

4-Chloro-2-methyl[ 1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (P4)

159

H

Cl

P4

Step 1. Synthesis of (2E)-3-(2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl)prop-2-enoic acid (C59).

A mixture of 2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carbaldehyde (5.3 g, 42 mmol), propanedioic acid (5.2 g, 50 mmol), and piperidine (0.5 mL, 5 mmol) in pyridine (30 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and acidified to pH 4 with concentrated hydrochloric acid while being maintained at 0 °C to 5 °C. Filtration, followed by washing of the filter cake with water, provided the product as a yellow solid. Yield: 5.3 g, 31 mmol, 74%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Synthesis of (2E)-3-(2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl)prop-2-enoyl azide (C60).

To a 0 °C solution of C59 (5.3 g, 31 mmol) and triethylamine (3.8 g, 38 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added diphenyl phosphorazidate (DPPA, 10.4 g, 37.7 mmol) in a drop-wise manner. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes, whereupon it was concentrated in vacuo to provide the product, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Step 3. Synthesis of2-methyl[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(5H)-one (C61).

A mixture of tributylamine (25 mL) in diphenyl ether (100 mL) was heated to 200 °C. A solution of C60 (5 g, 26 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added drop-wise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 200 °C for 30 minutes. Removal of solvent in vacuo provided the product, which was taken to the next step without further purification.

Step 4. Synthesis of4-chloro-2-methyl[1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine (P4).

A mixture of C61 (3 g, 18 mmol) in phosphores oxychloride (132 g) was heated at reflux for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated to remove most of the phosphores oxychloride, and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and poured into water; this mixture was adjusted to a pH of 7 - 8 with solid sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 200 mL), and the combined organic

160

layers were concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography (Gradient: 0% to 10% methanol in dichloromethane) afforded the product as a yellow solid. Yield: 477 mg, 2.58 mmol, 14%. LCMS m/z 184.9 [M+Hf. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃) δ 8.41 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (s, 3H).

Method A

Palladium-catalyzed reaction of substituted 4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenols with chloro heteroaryls

Method A describes a general method that can be used for préparation of certain compounds of the invention.

A solution of the substituted 4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenol in degassed 1,4-dioxane (0.2 M, 0.5 mL, 0.1 mmol) was treated with the requisite chloro heteroaryl compound (0.1 mmol). Césium carbonate (~98 mg, 0.3 mmol), palladium(ll) acetate (~2.5 mg, 10 pmol), and di-fert-butyl[3,4,5,6-tetramethyl-2',4',6'-tri(propan-2-yl)biphenyl2-yl]phosphane (~10 mg, 0.02 mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was degassed twice via cycles of vacuum évacuation followed by nitrogen fill. The reaction mixture was heated and shaken at 100 °C for 12 hours. It was then partitioned between water (1.5 mL) and ethyl acetate (2.5 mL), vortexed and centrifuged. The organic layer was eluted through a solid phase extraction cartridge (6 mL) charged with sodium sulfate (~1 g); this extraction procedure was repeated twice, and the combined eluents were concentrated in vacuo and purified via reversed phase HPLC (Column: Waters XBridge C18, 5 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.03% ammonium hydroxide in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.03% ammonium hydroxide in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: [10% or20%] to

1 00% B) to afford the product.

Table 1 below lists some additional examples of compounds of invention (Examples 15-69) that were made using methods, starting materials or intermediates, and préparations described herein.

Table 1. Examples 15-69 (including Method of Préparation, Non-Commercial starting materials, Structures and Physicochemical Data).

161

Example Number	Method of Préparation; Noncommercial starting materials	Structure	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCb, or otherwise indicated) δ (ppm); Mass spectrum, observed ion m/z [M+H]⁺ or HPLC rétention time; Mass spectrum m/z [M+H]⁺(unless otherwise indicated)
15	Example 8; C26	,'Â	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (brd, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, half of AB quartet, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (dd, halfofABX pattern, J=8.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.12 (brs, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H); 365.2
16	Example 5; C26	l'Â	9.27 (brs, 1H), 8.20-8.26 (m, 2H), 7.83 (brd, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H); 365.0
17	Method A¹	î¹ vs Φ	0.98 minutes²; 369.0, 371.0
18	Method A³	1 VS A «y	0.95 minutes²; 367.1

162

19	Example 17	<Ÿ	0.90 minutes²; 353.0
20	Example 17⁴	N	0.95 minutes²; 367.1
21	Example 8⁵	r- I T ï AV o0 /V ^Fw	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.97 (brs, 1 H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, 7=9.3, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (dd, 7=10.2, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H); 371.1
22	Example 8^e	Vil χΛ	2.58 minutes⁷; 335.1
23	Example 8⁸	A VA φτ φ	2.58 minutes⁷; 365.1
24	Example 8⁹	£ ΎΛ V · CF3COOH w	2.77 minutes⁷; 353.1

163

25	Example 8^10,11; C14	0 I γ· H 1 An	10.6-10.75 (brs, 1H), 10.25-10.4 (brs, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.30 (m, 2H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.08 (d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H); 347.9
26	Example 5¹¹; C14	0 1 Y nY	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (br d, 7=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (br dd, 7=8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H); 365.0
27	Example 3; C20	0 1 Y	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, 7=2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, half of AB quartet, 7=8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (brd, half of ABX pattern, 7=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (br s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H); 351.0
28	Example 5¹²	0 AnH Y* <Â	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (br AB quartet, 7ab=8.8 Hz, Δ ab=33.4 Hz, 4H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H); 351.0
29	Example 16¹³	rÂ	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.29 (dd, half of ABX pattern, 7=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H),

164

			2.07 (s, 3H); 365.6
30	Example 16¹³	₀Av €0 ^w	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.29 (dd, half of ABX pattern, J=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H); 365.6
31	Method A¹		0.98 minutes²; 369.0, 371.0
32	Example 17	H <^SA^F	0.95 minutes²; 371.1
33	Example 17	V*l cô^F	0.96 minutes²; 371.0
34	Example 1?14	i Ύ A OT’	0.94 minutes²; 367.1
35	Example 3; C31	^NC ''tJ	9.07 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 6H); 360.0

165

36	Method A¹	i li^ A^-	1.16 minutes²; 368.0, 370.0
37	Example 17	Ίί υνγ ⁿâV tu	1.10 minutes²; 370.0
38	Example 1_?14	i VS U cx>^F	1.10 minutes²; 366.1
39	Example 17	V*l Otu	1.04 minutes²; 352.0
40	Example 17⁴	Ά^ν<ί CXu	1.10 minutes²; 366.1
41	Example 5⁵	£ VS U /Vv vu	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, 7=9.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H),7.70(d, 7=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, 7=10.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H); 370.1

166

42	ρβ15,16	vu	9.00 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.08 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.60 (brs, 3H), 2.21 (brs, 3H); 364.1
43	Example 3¹⁷; Ρ3	s~U>_N · cf₃cooh vu	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H); 359.1
44	Example 8¹⁸	/rjU ‘CFaCOOH vu	2.27 minutes⁷; 349.1
45	Example 1O¹⁹·²⁰	i yv M” _OAJ CN Z^ST\| y ENT-1 VAy	9.21 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (br d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H); 359.0
46	Example 1O¹⁹·²⁰	I VJ AV ₀AJ CN zUl N ENT-2	9.21 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.37 (m, 2H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.19 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H); 358.9

167

47	Example 10²¹; C17	,^SV^N vu	9.01 (brs, 1H), 8.10 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d,/=5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, /=5.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.19 (br dd, /=8, 8 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H); 351.9
48	Example 10⁸	Y /^SU^N vu	8.95 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d,/=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, /=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.967.02 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 6H); 364.1
49	Example 3; C31	NC /A U	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, /=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d,/=5.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, /=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, /=8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d,/=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, /=5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (s, 6H); 359.2
50	Example 8⁹	/A Ou^¹	3.20 minutes²²; 352.0
51	Example 8²³	<^δΎι · ^cf3^cooh	2.06 minutes⁷; 359.1

168

52	Préparation P2; C37	I Ύ^νΊι nfl ^NγΜ CN /°ίΑν	9.20 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, 7=2 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, 7=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, half of AB quartet, 7=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, 7=2 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H); 342.8
53	Préparation P2; C43	H 1 /A	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.53 (br AB quartet, 7ab=2.6 Hz, Δ _Ab=6.2 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, 7=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (brd, 7=2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (br dd, 7=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H); 316.9
54	Example 11; C43²⁴	Ai v h A ^N	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.01 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (brs, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.32 (br d, 7=2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (br dd, 7=8, 2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H); 356.0
55	Préparation P2; C43	1 ΎΥ fji^NH JU CM Ζ^ΝΊΐ N VU	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 9.18 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, 7=8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (brs, 1H), 7.15 (brd, 7=8 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, 7=3.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H); 342.0

169

56	Example 8¹¹; C14, P4	o	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.12 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.18 (AB quartet, downfield doublet is broadened, 2ab=8.3 Hz, Δ ab=17 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.92 (s, 3H); 379.0
57	C28²⁵	i VS frf Vv	¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-c/₆) δ 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1 H), 7.43 (br d, 2=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (brdd, 2=8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 1.99 (s, 3H); 350.2
58	Example 5; C28	I V*l Y CO	9.24 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, 2=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.28 (m, 1H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.23 (dd, 2=8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, 2=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.05 (s, 3H); 349.2
59	Example 10⁸'²⁶	VS AA^N N^Y	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 9.58 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 2=8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.57 (s, 6H); 365.0
60	Example 3; C52		9.25 (s, 1H), 9.02 (brs, 1H), 8.24 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.247.28 (m, 1H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 7.07 (d, 2=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H); 349.1

170

61	Example 10^27,28	η λ ^ent-’	9.27 (s, 1H), 9.11 (brs, 1H), 8.26 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.32- 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H); 374.1
62	Example q27,28	<^syS ^ent·²nYY	9.27 (s, 1H), 9.11 (brs, 1H), 8.27 (d, 7=6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, 7=6 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H); 374.1
63	Example 10²¹		9.27 (s, 1H), 9.02 (brs, 1H), 8.25 (d, 7=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.28 (m, 3H, assumed; partially obscured by solvent peak), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H); 352.9
64	Example 60²⁹	«	9.25 (s, 1H), 9.01 (brs, 1H), 8.24 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (br d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (brdd, 7=8.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, 7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H); 349.1
65	Example 60²⁹	ίό »	9.25 (s, 1H), 9.01 (brs, 1H), 8.24 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (br d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (ddq, 7=8.2, 2.4, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (br d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.09 (brs, 3H), 2.03 (brs, 3H); 349.0
66	Example 17⁴	•ώ	0.93 minutes²; 367.1

171

67	Example g11,12	O Vp' NH Y'	¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (br AB quartet, Jab=8.8 Hz, Δ ab=44.8 Hz, 4H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H); 351.2
68	Examples 1 and 2³⁰; C2	O ¹ w	¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.43-11.50 (brs, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (brAB quartet, J_Ab=8.7 Hz, Δ ab=20.2 Hz, 4H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H); 366.9
69	Example 3³¹; C14	O w	10.80-10.95 (brs, 1H), 8.83-8.96 (brs, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J=2.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.626.65 (m, 1H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H); 346.9
1. Reaction of 5-bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine and ²	l,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-

1,3,2-dioxaborolane in the presence of [1,1’bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) and potassium acetate provided 4,6-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrimidine. This material was used in a Suzuki reaction with 1-bromo-2-chloro-4-methoxybenzene, under catalysis with chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxy-1,T-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino-

1, T-biphenyl)]palladium(ll) (this may be prepared from biphenyl-2-amine and dicyclohexyl(2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphane (S-Phos) according to the procedure of S. L. Buchwald et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132,14073-14075), affording 5-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine; déméthylation with boron tribromide yielded the requisite 3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenol.

2. Conditions for analytical HPLC. Column: Waters Acquity HSS T3, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.8 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B:

0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 5.0% to 95% B, linear over 1.6 minutes; Flow rate: 1.3 mL/minute.

172

3.1-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-methylbenzene was brominated with /V-bromosuccinimide to provide 1-bromo-5-fluoro-4-methoxy-2-methylbenzene; this material was elaborated using the method described in footnote 1 to afford the requisite 4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin5-yl)-2-fluoro-5-methyl phénol.

4. Bromination of 2-fluoro-3-methylphenol with /V-bromosuccinimide provided 4-bromo2-fluoro-3-methylphenol, which was reacted with methyl iodide and potassium carbonate to afford the requisite 1-bromo-3-fluoro-4-methoxy-2-methylbenzene.

5. 4-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,5-difluorophenol was prepared from (2,5-difluoro-4methoxyphenyl)boronic acid and 5-bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine using the method described for synthesis of 9 in Example 9, followed by cleavage of the methyl ether.

6. 4-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenol was prepared from (4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid, using the method described for synthesis of C28 in Example 6.

7. Conditions for analytical HPLC. Column: Waters Atlantis dC18, 4.6 x 50 mm, 5 pm; Mobile phase A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B:

0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 5.0% to 95% B, linear over 4.0 minutes; Flow rate: 2 mL/minute.

8. Using the coupling method employed for synthesis of 11 in Example 11, (2,4dimethoxyphenyl)boronic acid was reacted with 5-bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine to afford 5-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine. Sélective déméthylation with trimethylsilyl iodide, in acetonitrile at elevated température, provided 4-(4,6dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methoxyphenol.

9. Reaction of 2-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane with 5-bromo-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine, using the coupling method employed for synthesis of 11 in Example 11, followed by reaction with boron tribromide, provided the requisite

4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-fluorophenol.

10. 7-Chloro-1/7-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine was protected via reaction with 3,4-dihydro-2/7pyran to afford 7-chloro-1-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)-1/7-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine.

11. In the final step, the protecting group was removed via treatment with trifluoroacetic acid or hydrogen chloride.

12. The requisite 5-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4,6-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one was prepared from 2-[4-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl1,3,2-dioxaborolane, using the procedure described for synthesis of C14 in Example 3.

13. Example 16 was separated into its atropenantiomers via supercritical fluid chromatography (Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralcel OJ-H, 5 pm; Eluent: 75:25

173

carbon dioxide / 2-propanol). Example 29 was the first-eluting atropenantiomer, and Example 30 was the second-eluting atropenantiomer.

14.1-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-methylbenzene was brominated with /V-bromosuccinimide to provide 1-bromo-5-fluoro-4-methoxy-2-methylbenzene; this material was elaborated using the method described in footnote 1 to afford the requisite 4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin5-yl)-2-fluoro-5-methyl phénol.

15. Reaction of 4-bromo-3-methoxyphenol with 7-chlorothieno[2,3-c]pyridine and césium carbonate in dimethyl sulfoxide at elevated température provided 7-(4-bromo-3methoxyphenoxy)thieno[2,3-c]pyridine, which was converted to the requisite 7-[3- methoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine using the method described for synthesis of C37 in Example 9.

16. The Suzuki coupling was carried out under catalysis with chloro(2dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxy-1,T-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino-1,Tbiphenyl)]palladium(lI) (this may be prepared from biphenyl-2-amine and dicyclohexyl(2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl-2-yl)phosphane (S-Phos) according to the procedure of S. L. Buchwald et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2010, 132,14073-14075).

17. 5-Methoxy-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzonitrile was coupled with P3 using the method described in footnote 16; déméthylation with boron tribromide provided the requisite 2-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-5-hydroxybenzonitrile.

18. 3-Bromo-2-methylpyridine was reacted with (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)boronic acid using the method described for synthesis of C40 in Example 10; sélective déméthylation with trimethylsilyl iodide, in acetonitrile at elevated température, provided the requisite 3methoxy-4-(2-methylpyridin-3-yl)phenol.

19. Synthesis of 5-(4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-6-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonitrile was carried out from 4-bromo-3-methylphenol according to the method described for synthesis of C47 in Example 13, except that the Suzuki coupling was effected via use of [1,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) and potassium carbonate, ratherthan tris(dibenzylîdeneacetone)dipalladium(0), tricyclohexylphosphine, and potassium phosphate.

20. Atropenantiomers Example 45 and Example 46 were separated using supercritical fluid chromatography [Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralpak AD, 5 pm; Eluent: 65:35 carbon dioxide / (éthanol containing 0.2% diethylamine)]. On analytical supercritical fluid HPLC analysis [Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 50 mm, 3 pm; Gradient: 5% to 40% (éthanol containing 0.05% diethylamine) in carbon dioxide; Flow

174 rate: 4 mL/minute], Example 45 was the first-eluting atropenantiomer, with a rétention time of 7.08 minutes, and Example 46 exhibited a rétention time of 7.98 minutes.

21. 4-(2-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)one was prepared from C17 and (2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid, via Suzuki reaction with [1,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) and césium carbonate; this compound was converted to 4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-3,5dimethylpyridazine using the steps outlined in Préparation P3. Subséquent déméthylation with boron tribromide provided the requisite 4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4yl)-3-fluorophenol.

22. Conditions for analytical HPLC. Column: Waters Atlantis dC18, 4.6 x 50 mm, 5 pm;

Mobile phase A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water (v/v); Mobile phase B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (v/v); Gradient: 5.0% to 95% B, linear over 4.0 minutes; Flow rate: 1.5 mL/minute.

23. The requisite 4-(2-methyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-1-yl)phenol may be prepared according to A. Marfatetal., U.S. Patent Application US 5322847 A, June21, 1994.

24. The requisite 5-bromo-6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine may be prepared via the method of A. R. Harris étal., Tetrahedron 2011, 67, 9063-9066).

25. Reaction of C28 with 7-chloro-2-(methylsulfanyl)[1,3]thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine and sodium hydride afforded 7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]-2- (methylsulfanyl)[1,3]thiazolo[4,5-c(]pyrimidine. Réduction with zinc dust and hydrochloric acid at elevated température provided Example 57.

26. In this case, tris(dîbenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) was used in place of palladium(ll) acetate.

27. [3-Methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy][tri(propan-2- yl)]silane, which was prepared in analogous fashion to C45 in Example 13, was reacted with 5-bromo-6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine (this may be prepared via the method of A. R. Harris et al., Tetrahedron 2011, 67, 9063-9066) using [1,Tbis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) and potassium carbonate; desilylation with potassium carbonate in water and 1,4-dioxane afforded the requisite 330 methyl-4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-5-yl)phenol.

28. Atropenantiomers Example 61 and Example 62 were separated using supercritical fluid chromatography [Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralpak AD, 5 pm; Eluent: 70:30 carbon dioxide / (éthanol containing 0.2% diethylamine)]. On analytical supercritical fluid HPLC analysis [Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 pm;

Eluent: 70:30 carbon dioxide / (éthanol containing 0.05% diethylamine); Flow rate: 2.35

175 mUminute], Example 61 was the first-elutmg atropenantiomer, with a rétention time of 7.32 minutes, and Example 62 exhibited a rétention time of 8.83 minutes.

29. Example 60 was separated into its atropenantiomers via supercritical fluid chromatography (Column: Chiral Technologies Chiralpak AS-H, 5 pm; Eluent: 75:25 carbon dioxide / methanol). Example 64 was the first-eluting atropenantiomer, and Example 65 was the second-eluting atropenantiomer.

30. Compound C2 was protected via reaction with 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-eneto afford 6-bromo-1,5-dimethyl-3-{[2(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione; this was reacted with (4hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid using the conditions described for synthesis of P3 in Préparation P3 to provide the requisite 6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,5-dimethyl-3-{[2(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione. The final step in synthesis of Example 68 was deprotection, carried out via treatment first with trifluoroacetic acid, and then with potassium carbonate in methanol.

31.7-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine was protected via reaction with 2(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride and sodium hydride to afford the requisite 7-chloro1-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}-1/7-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine. The final step in synthesis of Example 69 was deprotection, carried out via treatment first with trifluoroacetic acid, and then with sodium acetate in methanol.

Example AA: Human D1 Receptor Binding Assay and Data

The affinity of the compounds described herein was determined by compétition binding assays similar to those described in Ryman-Rasmussen et al., “Differential activation of adenylate cyclase and receptor internalization by novel dopamine D1 receptor agonists”, Molecular Pharmacology 68(4):1039-1048 (2005). This radioligand binding assay used [³H]-SCH23390, a radiolabeled D1 ligand, to evaluate the ability of a test compound to compete with the radioligand when binding to a D1 receptor.

D1 binding assays were performed using over-expressing LTK human cell lines. To détermine basic assay parameters, ligand concentrations were determined from saturation binding studies where the Kd for [³H]-SCH23390 was found to be 1.3 nM. From tissue concentration curve studies, the optimal amount of tissuewas determined to be 1.75 mg/mL per 96 well plate using 0.5 nM of [³H]-SCH23390. These ligand and tissue concentrations were used in time course studies to détermine linearity and equilibrium conditions for binding. Binding was at equilibrium with the specified amount of tissue in 30 minutes at 37 °C. From these parameters, K, values were determined by

176

homogenizing the specified amount of tissue for each species in 50 mM Tris (pH 7.4 at 4 °C) containing 2.0 mM MgCl2 using a Polytron and spun in a centrifuge at 40,000 x g for 10 minutes. The .pellet was resuspended in assay buffer[50 mM Tris (pH 7.4@ RT) containing 4 mM MgSÛ4 and 0.5 mM EDTA]. Incubations were initiated by the addition of 200 pL of tissue to 96-well plates containing test drugs (2.5 pl_) and 0.5 nM [³H]SCH23390 (50 μΙ_) in a final volume of 250 μΙ_. Non-specific binding was determined by radioligand binding in the presence of a saturating concentration of (+)-Butaclamol (10 μΜ), a D1 antagonist. After a 30 minute incubation period at 37 °C, assay samples were rapidly filtered through Unifilter-96 GF/B PEI-coated filter plates and rinsed with 50 10 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.4 at 4 °C). Membrane bound [³H]-SCH23390 levels were determined by liquid scintillation counting ofthe filterplates in Ecolume. The IC₅₀ value (concentration at which 50% inhibition of spécifie binding occurs) was calculated by linear régression of the concentration-response data in Microsoft Excel. K, values were calculated according to the Cheng-Prusoff équation:

Kj = IC50______

1+ ([L]/Kd) where [L] = concentration of free radioligand and Kd = dissociation constant of radioligand for D1 receptor (1.3 nM for [³H]-SCH23390).

Example BB: D1 cAMP HTRF Assay and Data

The D1 cAMP (Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate) HTRF (Homogeneous TimeResolved Fluorescence) Assay used and described herein is a compétitive immunoassay between native cAMP produced by cells and cAMP labeled with XL-665. This assay was used to détermine the ability of a test compound to agonize (including 25 partially agonize) D1. A Mab anti-cAMP labeled Cryptate visualizes the tracer. The maximum signal is achieved if the samples do not contain free cAMP due to the proximity of donor (Eu-cryptate) and acceptor (XL665) entities. The signal, therefore, is inversely proportional to the concentration of cAMP in the sample. A time-resolved and ratiometric measurement (em 665 nm/em 620 nm) minimizes the interférence with 30 medium. cAMP HTRF assays are commercially available, for example, from Cisbio Bioassays, IBA group.

Materials and Methods

Materials: The cAMP Dynamic kit was obtained from Cisbio International (Cisbio 62AM4PEJ). Multidrop Combi (Thermo Scientific) was used for assay additions. An

EnVision (PerkinElmer) reader was used to read HTRF.

177

Cell Cuture: A HEK293T/hD1#1 stable cell line was constructed internally (Pfizer Ann Arbor). The cells were grown as adhèrent cells in NuncT_5Oo flasks in high glucose DMEM (Invitrogen 11995-065), 10% fêtai bovine sérum dialyzed (Invitrogen 26400-044), 1x MEM NEAA (Invitrogen 1140, 25 mM HEPES (Invitrogen 15630), 1x Pen/Strep (Invitrogen 15070-063) and 500 pg/mL Genenticin (Invitrogen 10131-035) at 37 °C and 5% 0Ο₂. At 72 or 96 hours post-growth, cells were rinsed with DPBS, and 0.25% Trypsin-EDTA was added to dislodge the cells. Media was then added and cells were centrifuged and media removed. The cell pellets were re-suspended in Cell Culture Freezing Medium (Invitrogen 12648-056) at a density of 4e7 cells/mL. One mL aliquots 10 of the cells were made in Cryo-vials and frozen at-80 °C for future use in the D1 HTRF assay.

D1 cAMP HTRF assay procedure: Frozen cells were quickly thawed, resuspended in 50 mL warm media and allowed to sit for 5 min prior to centrifugation (1000 rpm) at room température. Media was removed and cell pellet was re-suspended 15 in PBS/0.5 μΜ IBMX generating 2e5 cells/mL. Using a Multidrop Combi, 5 pL cells/well was added to the assay plate (Greiner 784085), which already contained 5 pL of a test compound. Compound controls [5 pM dopamine (final) and 0.5% DMSO (final)] were also included on every plate for data analysis. Cells and compounds were incubated at room température for 30 min. Working solutions of CAMP-D2 and anti-cAMP-cryptate 20 were prepared according to Cisbio instructions. Using Multidrop, 5 pL CAMP-D2 working solution was added to the assay plate containing the test compound and cells. Using Multidrop, 5 pL anti-cAMP-cryptate working solutions was added to assay plate containing test compound, cells and cAMP-D2. The assay plate was incubated for 1 hour at room température. The assay plate was read on an EnVision plate reader using 25 Cisbio recommended settings. A cAMP standard curve was generated using cAMP stock solution provided in the Cisbio kit.

Data Analysis: Data analysis was done using computer software. Percent effects were calculated from the compound controls. Ratio EC50 was determined using the raw ratio data from the EnVision reader. The cAMP standard curve was used in an analysis 30 program to détermine cAMP concentrations from raw ratio data. cAMP EC50 was determined using the calculated cAMP data.

Table 2. Biological Data and Compound Name for Examples 1 - 69.

178

Exampl e Number	Human D1 Receptor Binding, K, (nM); Géométrie mean of 2 - 4 détermination s (unless otherwise indicated)	Compound Name
1	4.1	(+)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione
2	1.8^a	(-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-<7]pyrimidin-4yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1/7,3/7)-dione
3	10.9	4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2/7)-one
4	68.4	4-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2/7)-one
5	1.6	1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)-one
6	5.8	7-(4-(4,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-5-yl)-3- methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
7	184^b	2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin- 4-yloxy)benzonitrile
8	13.1	2-methyl-1-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]- 1/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine
9	57.2	5-[4-(furo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-6- methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine
10	44.9	7-[3-methoxy-4-(3-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3cjpyridine
11	57.8	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]furo[2,3- c]pyridine

179

12	403^b	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]-1Hpyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine
13	34.5	5-[2-fluoro-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-6m ethyl pyri midi ne-4-carbonitri le
14	3.3	7-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3- methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
15	34.5^b	1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1/7)-one
16	82.8	1,5-dimethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1/7)-one
17	25.4	4-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5- yl)phenoxy]thieno[3,2-c/]pyrimidine
18	34.5	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-5- methylphenoxy]thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidine
19	117^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenoxy]thieno[3,2cflpyrimidine
20	121^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-3- methylphenoxy]thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidine
21	62.4^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,5- difluorophenoxy]thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine
22	146^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenoxy]thieno[3,2djpyrimidine
23	178^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy]thieno[3,2-cf]pyrimidine
24	531^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-fluorophenoxy]thieno[3,2cflpyrimidine, trifluoroacetate sait
25	120^b	4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one
26	12.2^b	4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one
27	186^b	4-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one

180

28	25.0	4,6-dimethyl-5-[4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one
29	40.6	(-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)-one
30	116^b	(+)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5_I4-c]pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1H)-one
31	71.9	4-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5- yl)phenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
32	1060^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,6- difluorophenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
33	864^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,6- difluorophenoxy]thieno[3,2-c(]pyrimidine
34	151^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-5- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
35	480^b	2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(thieno[3,2-G(]pyrimidin-4- yloxy)benzonitrile
36	6.7	7-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5- yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
37	79.8	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,6- difluorophenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
38	7.9	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-5- methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
39	28.2	7-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluorophenoxy]thieno[2,3- cjpyridine
40	40.7	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-3- methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
41	24.3^b	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2,5- difluorophenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
42	17.7^b	7-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3methoxyphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
43	46.3^b	2-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-5-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7yloxy)benzonitrile, trifluoroacetate sait
44	16.4^b	7-[3-methoxy-4-(2-methylpyridin-3-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3- cjpyridine, trifluoroacetate sait

181

45	14.3^b	6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4-carbonitrile, ENT-1
46	15.1^b	6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4-carbonitrile, ENT-2
47	6.1	7-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3-fluorophenoxy]thieno[2,3- c]pyridine
48	13.5	7-(4-(4,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-5-yl)-3methoxyphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine
49	16.3	2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(thieno(2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)benzonitrile
50	6.7	7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-fluorophenoxy]thieno[2,3cjpyridine
51	89.5	2-methyl-1-(4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]-1H- imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, trifluoroacetate sait
52	212^b	5-[4-(furo[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)-2-methylphenyl]-6- methylpyrimidine-4-carbonitrile
53	1890^b	7-[3-methyl-4-(3-methylpyrazin-2-yl)phenoxy]-1/7- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine
54	68.9	6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(1/7-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]imidazo(1,2-a]pyrazine
55	614^b	6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4-carbonitrile
56	43 CO O	4,6-dimethyl-5-{2-methyl-4-[(2-methyl[1,3]thiazolo[5,4- c]pyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}pyridazin-3(2H)-one
57	2340^b	7-(4-(4,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-5-yl)-3- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine
58	75.1	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
59	185^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-5-yl)-3- methoxyphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
60	65.3	4-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
61	151	4-[3-methyl-4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-5- yl)phenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine, ENT-1

62	239^b	4-[3-methyl-4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-5- yl)phenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine, ENT-2
63	109^b	4-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3- fluorophenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
64	32.3^b	(+)-4-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
65	223^b	(-)-4-(4-(3,5-dimethylpyridazin-4-yl)-3methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
66	175^b	4-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-2-fluoro-3- methylphenoxy][1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine
67	17.7	4,6-dimethyl-5-[4-(thieno[3,2-c(\|pyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one
68	15.6	1,5-dimethyl-6-[4-(thieno[3,2-cflpyrimidin-4- yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione
69	126	4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-7- yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one

a. Reported K, value is the géométrie mean of >5 déterminations.

b. K, value is from a single détermination

Various modifications of the invention, in addition to those described herein, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appendant claims. Each reference (including ail patents, patent applications, journal articles, books, and any other publications) cited in the présent application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

183

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:

1. A compound of Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, for use in a method of treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder in a mammal, wherein:

L¹ is O, S, NRⁿ, C(=O), CH(OH), or CH(OCH₃);

Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, an N-containing 4- to 125 membered heterocycloalkyl, or phenyl, each optionally substituted with one R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰;

X¹ is O, S, NH, N(Ci-4alkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl): X²isNorC-T²;

X³ is N or C-T³:

10 provided that when X¹ is O or S, then at least one of X² and X³ is not N;

X⁴ is N or C-T⁴;

T¹ is H, -OH, halogen, -CN, or optionally substituted Cv2 alkyl; each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, halogen, -CN, optionally substituted Cm alkyl, optionally substituted C3.₄ cycloalkyl,

1 g optionally substituted cyclopropylmethyl, and optionally substituted C-m alkoxy;

Rⁿ is H, C-m alkyl, C₃.₄ cycloalkyl, or - Ct.₂ alkyl-C₃M cycloalkyl, each of R¹ and R² is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, C^s alkyl, Ci.₆ haloalkyl, Ci._s alkoxy, Ci_₆ haloalkoxy, and C₃.₆ cycloalkyl, wherein each of said Ci-s alkyl and C₃_s cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2,3, 4,

2Q or 5 substituents each independently selected from halo, -OH, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C_M alkoxy, and C_M haloalkoxy;

each of R³and R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂, -NO₂, -CN, -SF₅, C_Ve alkyl, haloalkyl. C_vshaloalkoxy, C₂-s alkenyl, C₂-6 alkynyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered

25 heterocycloalkyl, -N^KR⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R^S), -C(=O)-N(R^s)(R^fi), -C(=O)-R^S, -C(=O)OR⁸, -N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R^s). -S(=O)2-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said C_v6

184 alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted wrth 1,2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, OH, C1.4 alkyl, C-m alkoxy, C-m haloalkyl, Cm haloalkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, -NCR^fR⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R®), -C(=O)-OR⁸,-C(=O)H, -C(=O)R⁸, -0(=0)14^⁵) (R⁶), -N(R⁷)(S(=O)₂R⁸), SÎ’OJz-NfR^R⁸), -SR⁸, and-OR⁸;

or R¹ and R³ together with the two carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused N-containing 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, a fused N-containing 5- or 6membered heterocycloalkyl, a fused 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a fused benzene ring, each optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents each independently selected fromthe group consisting of halo, -CN, -OH, -NH₂₍ -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂,C_V3 alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁵is H, Cm alkyl. Cm haloalkyl, or C3.7 cycloalkyl;

R⁶ îs H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6.10 aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyi)-CM alkyl-, (Cs-10 aryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5-to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1,2,3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -NH2, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)2, CN, Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, -S-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-O-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, Cm haloalkyl, C_M alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁵ and R^e together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2, 3,4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NH_Z, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)₂. oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)OH, C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of H, Cm alkyl, and C3-7cycloalkyl;

R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 14membered heterocycloalkyl, Cs-toaryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)Cm alkyl-, (4-to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (C₆-io aryî)-C-i.4 alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF₃, -CN, -OH, -NH₂, -NH(CH₃), -N(CH₃)2, oxo,

185

S-Cm alkyl, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C₂.6 alkenyl, C₂._s alkynyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -CN, -SF5, -NO₂, oxo, thiono, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl,

5 Cm alkoxy. Cm haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkenyl, C₂.e alkynyl, Cs-io aryl, a 4- to

10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-. (C₆.i₀ aryl)-Ci_₄ alkyl-, (5- to 10membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, -NCR³)^⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)₂N(R⁵)(R⁶), C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm

ΊΟ alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C_s._î0 aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-C-.₄ alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci.₄ alkyl-, (Cs.10 aryl)-Ci.₄ alkyl-, and (5-to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl- is optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO₂, Cm alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, 15 NiR^CR⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=O)₂-(Cm alkyl), C_S-io aryloxy, [(C₆-ia aryl)-Ci-₄ alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl], oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-C₁₄ alkyl, -C(=O)OCmalkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and an adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on Q¹ to which they ₂Q are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2, 3,4, or 5 independently selectedR¹⁰³; and each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, -NCR⁵)^⁶). -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, -SF_s, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy,

25 with the provisos that (1) when X¹ is NH, X³ is N, and L¹ is NH, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 1H-imidazol-1-yl or an optionally substituted monocyclic 1H-1,2,4-trtazol-yl;
(2) Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted benzoftfjthiazolyl (e.g., benzo[d]thiazol-2yi);
(3) when X¹ is S, X² is C-T², X³ is C-T³, and X⁴ is N, then L¹ is other than NRⁿ;
(4) when X⁴ is N, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted phenyl; and ₃₀ (5) when X² is N, X³ is C-T³, and X⁴ is N, then X¹ is other than NH, N(C„ alkyl),

N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyc|opropyl);

and wherein the disorder is selected from schizophrenia (e.g., cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive

186 impairment [e.g., cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia, cognitive impairment associated with AD, cognitive impairment associated with PD, cognitive impairment associated with pharmacotherapy therapy (e.g., D2 antagonist therapy)], attention déficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), impulsivrty, compulsive gambiing, overeating, autism spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive décliné, dementia (e.g., senile dementia, HIV-associated dementîa, Alzheimer’s dementia. Lewy body dementia, vascular dementia, or frontotemporal dementia), restless leg syndrome (RLS), Parkinson's disease, Huntington's chorea, anxiety, dépréssion (e.g., age-related dépréssion), major dépressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, drug abuse relapse, Tourette's syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, excessive daytime sleepiness, inattention, sexual dysfunction (e.g., erectile dysfonction or post-SSRI sexual dysfunction), migraine, sleep disorders, and pain.

2. The compound for use of Claim 1 wherein the disorder is selected from schizophrenia (e.g., cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive impairment [e.g., cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia, cognitive impairment associated with AD, cognitive impairmentassociated with PD, cognitive impairment associated with pharmacotherapy therapy (e.g., D2 antagonist therapy)], attention déficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), impulsivity, compulsive gambiing, overeating, autism spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), agerelated cognitive décliné, dementia (e.g., senile dementia, HIV-associated dementia, Alzheimer’s dementia, Lewy body dementia, vascular dementia, or frontotemporal dementia), restless leg syndrome (RLS), Parkinson's disease, Huntington’s chorea, anxiety, dépréssion (e.g., age-related dépréssion), major dépressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, drug abuse relapse, Tourette’s syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, excessive daytime sleepiness, inattention, and sleep disorders.

3. The compound for use of Claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula I-a, l-b, l-c, l-d, l-e, l-f, l-g, or l-h:

187 l-f

Ι-θ l-h i-g or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

4. The compound for use of any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein:

Q¹ is a moiety of (“Moiety M¹);

188 ring Q^1a is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;

represents a single bond or double bond; each of Z¹ and Z² is independently C or N;

5 R⁹ is halogen, C-m alkyl, CM haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -N(R^S)(R⁶), Cv6 alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, or C3.7 cycloalkoxy, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3.7 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2.3,4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -Νζβ⁵)^⁶), C-m alkyl, C-m haloalkyl, C₃.₇cycloalkyl, C-m alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

10 each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -NO2, oxo, thiono, Cm alkyl, C-|.₆ haloalkyl, Ci.₆ hydroxylalkyl, Y alkoxy, C-m haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C2.6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, Ce-io aryl. a 4-to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycIoalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (Ce-10 aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered

15 heteroaryl)-C-M alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C₂-4 alkenyl-, -N (R⁵) (R⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)₂N(R⁵)(R^s), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R^s), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=0)-OR⁸, and OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C5.10 aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci.4 alkyl-, (Οβ-ιο aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered 2Q heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5-to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C2-4 alkenyl- is optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO₂, Cm alkyl, C_M hydroxylalkyl, C-m alkoxy, NCR^CR⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=O)₂-(Cm alkyl), C^o aryloxy. (C₆.₁₀ arylj-C,^ alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 C-m alkyl, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-Ci-4 alkyl, -C(®O)O-Ci.

4 alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5- or 625 membered heteroaryl, C-m haloalkyl, and C-m haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and the adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on ring Q^1a to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2,3, 4, or 5 independently selected R'^Os;

each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, 30

C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, C_M alkyl, Cm alkoxy. Cm hydroxylalkyl, (¢4.2 alkoxy)-C-M alkyl-. Cm haloalkyl, and C_w haloalkoxy; and m is 0,1,2, 3, or 4.

189

5. A compound of Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

L¹ is O, S, or NRⁿ;

Q¹ is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-contaîning 5- to 6membered heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with one R⁹ and further _; optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 R¹⁰;

X¹ is O, S, NH, N(Cmalkyl), N(cyclopropyl), or N(-CH2-cyc!opropyi);

X² is N or C-T²;

X³ is N or C-T³;

provided that when X¹ is O or S, then at least one of X² and X² is not N; X⁴ is N or C-T⁴;

₁₀ T¹ is H, F, Cl, methyl, or C-ι fluoroalkyl;

each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C₃.₄ cycloalkyl, C₃.₄ halocycloalkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy;

Rⁿ is H, Cm alkyl, C₃.₄ cycloalkyl, or - C1.2 aIkyl-C₃.₄ cycloalkyl, l₅ each of R¹andR²is independently selected fromthe group consisting of H, halogen,

-CN, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C₃^ cycloalkyl, -C(=O)OH, and C(=O)-O-(Cm alkyl). wherein each of said Cm alkyl and C₃-b cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2,3,4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from halo, -OH, ₂₀ -CN, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each of R³and R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -OH, -NO2, -CN, -SF5, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, 05.6 haloalkoxy, C2-6 alkenyi, C2.e alkynyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, -NiR^R⁵), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR⁸, -OC(=O)-R³, 25 N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R⁸), -3(=0)2-1^⁵)^⁶). -SR³, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C₃.

7 cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents

190 each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkyl, Cm haloalkoxy, C₃.₆ cycloalkyl, -Νζβ⁵)^⁶), -N(R⁷)(C(=O)R^a), -C(=O)-OR³, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)R⁸, -C(=O)N(R^S)(R^S), -N(R⁷)(S(=O)2R^a), -S(=O)2NiR⁵)^⁵), -SR⁸, and -OR⁸;

5 or R¹ and R³ together with the two carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fused N-containing 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, a fused N-containing 5- or 6membered heterocycloalkyl, a fused 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a fused benzene ring, each optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -OH, C« alkyl, Cm alkoxy, C1.3 haloalkyl, and

10 Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁵is H, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, or C3.7 cycloalkyl;

R^s is H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, Ce-ioaryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-,

15 (Cs-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryi)-CM alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1,2,3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CN, Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, -S-C_H alkyl, -C(=O)H, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-O-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)NH2,-C(=O)-N(Ci-4alkyl)2, Cm haloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

2Q or R⁵ and R^s together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2,3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,

-OH, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, ₂₅ CN, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R⁷ is selected from the group consisting of H, Cm alkyl, and C3.7 cycloalkyl; R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 4- to 14membered heterocycloalkyl, Cg.-ioaryl, a 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)Cm alkyl-, (4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (Ce-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, and

30 (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, wherein each of the sélections from the group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CF₃, -CN, -OH, oxo, -S-Cm alkyl, Cm alkyl. Cm haloalkyl, C₂^ alkenyl, alkynyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

R³ is halogen, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, -CN, -SFg, -NCR^fR⁶), Cm alkoxy, Cm ₃₅ haloalkoxy, C₃.7 cycloalkoxy, or C3.7 cycloalkyl, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C3.7

191 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -ΝζΚ⁵)^⁵), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, CN, -SFg, -NO2, oxo, thiono, C-m alkyl, C-|.6 haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, C-i-s alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C2.e alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, Cmo aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3-7 cycloalkyl)-Ci_4 alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (C6.-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, -NfR^CR⁶), -1^)(0(=0)8⁸). -S^O^N^R⁶), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-R⁸, -C(=O)-OR^S, -SR⁸, and -OR⁸, wherein each of said Cm alkyl. C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cg-io aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-C-.4 alkyl-, (4-to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (Cg-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryI)-CM alkyl- is optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, or 4 substituants each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO2, Cm alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), -S-(Cm alkyl), S(=O)2-(Cm alkyl), Cfi.10 aryloxy, [(C₆._1Q aryl)-Ci.₄ alkyloxy- optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Cm alkyl], oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-C_M alkyl, -C(=O)O-C_M alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(CMalkyl), C3.7 cycloalkyl, a 5-or 6-membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and an adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on Q¹ to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, 4, or 5 independently selectedR^10a; and each R^1Ca is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, N^XR⁶), -C(=O)OH, -C(=0)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, -SF₅, Cm alkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy, wrth the provtso that (1) when X¹ is NH, N(Cmalkyl), N(cyclopropyl), N(-CH2-cyclopropyl), or S, then Q¹ is other than an optionally substituted monocyclic 5-memered ring;

(2) when X¹ is NH, N(CMalkyl), N(cyclopropyl), N(-CH2-cyclopropyl), or S, and L¹is NRⁿ, then a ring-forming carbon atom of Q¹ is directly linked to the benzene ring that is substituted by R¹, R², R³, and R⁴;

(3) each of the ring-forming atoms of Q¹ is a nitrogen or carbon atom;

(4) when X¹ is NH, N(Cm alkyl), N(cycîopropyl), or N(-CH₂-cyclopropyl), then X⁴ is C-T⁴; and

192 (5) when Q¹ is an optionally substituted 2-oxo-1H-pyridin-1-yl, then Q¹ is not substituted by-C^O-NCR⁵)^⁵), -C(=O)-R^S, or -C(=O)-OR⁸.

6. The compound of Claim 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein L¹ is O or S.

7. The compound of Claim 5 or 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein L¹ is O,

5 8. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein each of T², T³, and T⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, -CN, methoxy, C^ fluoroalkoxy, methyl, and Ci fluoroalkyl,

9. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein T¹ is H and T⁴ is H.

10 10. The compound of any one of Claim 5 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein each of T²and T³ is independently H, CN, F, Cl, Br, methoxy, Ci fluoroalkoxy, methyl, or C-ι fluoroalkyl.

11, The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait

15 thereof is a compound of Formula l-a, l-b, l-c, l-d, l-e, If, l-g, or l-h:

l-a l-b

193

12. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof is a compound of Formula l-a or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

13. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein each of R¹ and R² is independently H or halogen; and each of R³and R⁴isindependently H, halogen, -CN, methyl, Ci haloalkyl, methoxy, orCi haloalkoxy.

14. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 13 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein each of R¹ and R² is H; and R³is H and R⁴ is H, halogen, -CN, methyl, orCi haloalkyl.

194

15. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

Q¹ is a moiety of ring Q ^a is an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or an N-containing 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;

— represents a single bond or double bond;

each of Z¹ and Z² is independently C or N;

R⁹ is halogen, C,.4 alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -N(R⁵)(R⁶), Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, or C3.₇ cycloalkoxy, wherein each of the Cm alkyl and C₃.₇cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1,2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -N(R^S)(R⁶), Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, C₃_₇cycloalkyl, Cm alkoxy, and Cm haloalkoxy;

each R¹⁰ Is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,-OH, CN, -NO2, oxo, thiono, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, Cm haloalkoxy, C3.7 cycloalkyl, C2.6 alkenyl, C2.6 alkynyl, Cs-io aryl, a 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycfoalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4- to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-Ci-4 alkyl-, (Ce-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C2-4 alkenyl-, -NCR^fR⁶), N(R⁷)(C(=O)R⁸), -S(=O)2N(R⁵)(R⁶), -C(=O)-N(R⁵)(R^s), -C(=O)-R^a, -C(=O)-OR⁸, and OR³, wherein each of said Cm alkyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, Cg.io aryl, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, (C3.7 cycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (4-to 10membered heterocycloalkyl)-CM alkyl-, (Ce-io aryl)-CM alkyl-, (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-CM alkyl-, and (5- to 10-membered heteroaryl)-C2.4 alkenyl- is optionally substituted with 1,2,3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, -CN, -NO2, Cm alkyl, Cm hydroxylalkyl, Cm alkoxy, N(R⁵)(R^s), -S-(Cm alkyl), -S(=0)2-(Cm alkyl), C6.-io aryloxy, (C_S._1O aryl)-Ci_₄ alkyloxyoptionally substituted with 1 or 2 C_M alkyl, oxo, -C(=O)H, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)O-Ci. ₄ alkyl, -C(=O)NH₂, -NHC(=O)H, -NHC(=O)-(Cm alkyl), C₃.₇ cycloalkyl, a 5- or 6membered heteroaryl, Cm haloalkyl, and C_w haloalkoxy;

or R⁹ and the adjacent R¹⁰ together with the two ring atoms on ring Q^1a to which they are attached form a fused benzene ring or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2,3, 4, or 5 independently selected R^Wa;

195 e

each R^10a is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, C(=O)OH, -C(=O)-Cm alkyl, -C(=O)-NH₂, -C(=O)-N(Cm alkyl)₂, -CN, Cm alkyl, C_Malkoxy, Cm hydroxylalkyl, (Ci_₂ alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy; and m is 0,1,2, 3, or 4.

16. The compound of Claim 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of quînolînyl, isoquinolinyl, 1/75 imidazo[4,5-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, 1/f-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2ajpyrazinyl, imidazo[2,1-c][1,2,4]triazinyl, imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2ajpyrimidinyl, 1/7-indazolyI, 9/7-purinyl, imidazo[1,2-aJpyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5ajpyrimidinyl, isoxazolo(5,4-c]pyridazlnyl, isoxazolo[3,4-c]pyridazinyl, and [1,2,4]triazo!o[4,3-£>]pyridazinyl, each optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 R¹⁰ and further g optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R^10a; or wherein Moiety M¹ is selected from the group consisting of pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridinyl, pyridaziny), 1/7-pyrazolyl, 1/7-pyrrolyl, 4/7pyrazolyl, 1/7-imîdazolyl, 1/7-imidazolyl, 3-oxo-2/7-pyridazinyl, 1 /7-2-oxo-pyrimidinyl, 1H2-oxo-pyridinyl, 2,4(1/7,3/7)-dioxo-pyrimidinyl, and 1/7-2-oxo-pyrazinyl, each substituted with R⁹ and further optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 R¹⁰.

17. The compound of Claim 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

196

R¹⁰⁸ is Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (Ci_₂ alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, or C₃.₇ cycloalkyl; t1 isOor 1;and t is 0 or 1.

19. The compound of Claim 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

Moiety M¹ is ; and

R¹¹ is H, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (C-|.₂ alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, or C₃.₇ cycloalkyl.

20. The compound of any one of Claims 5 to 19 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, wherein:

197 e

R⁹ is halogen, C₃._s cycloalkyl, Cm alkyl, or -CN; and each R¹⁰ is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, Cm alkyl, Cm haloalkyl, (C-m alkoxy)-CM alkyl-, -CN, and -N(R⁵)(R^S), wherein each of R^sand R⁶ independently is H or selected from the group consisting of Cm alkyl. Cm 5 haloalkyl, and C3.7 cycloalkyl; or R⁵ and R⁶ together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5-membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 1,2, or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, Cmalkyl, Cm alkoxy, C_3Î cycloalkyl, Cm haloalkyl, and Cm haloalkoxy.

q 21. A compound of Claim 5 selected from the group consisting of:

(+)-1,5-dirnethyl-6-[2-rnethyl-4-(thieno[3,2-c/]pyrirnidir!-4-yIoxy)pheny]]pyrirnidine2,4(1 H,3H)-dione;

(-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine2,4(1H,3W)-dione;

4,6-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,2]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin3(2W)-one;

¹⁵ 1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrazin-2(1 H)one;

7-(4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine;

7-(4-(4,6-dîmethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-methylphenoxy]furo(2,3-c]pyridine;

1.5- dirnethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrirnidin-4-yioxy)phsnyl]pyrazin-2(1H)one;

4-(3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenoxy]thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine;

20 4,S-dimethyl-5-[2-methyl-4-([1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin3(2H)-one;

4.6- dimethyl-5-[4-([1,3]thiazoIo[5,4-c]pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2H)-one;

7-[3-chlora-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)phenoxy]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine; 6-methyI-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yioxy)phenyi]pyrimidine-4carbonitrile, ENT-1;

25 6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4carbonitrile, ENT-2;

2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7-yloxy)benzonitriIe; 4-[4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5-yl)-3-rnethylphenoxy](1,3]thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine;

4.6- dimethyl-5-[4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrlmidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyridazin-3(2A0-one; and

198

1,5-dimethyl-6-[4-(thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)dione, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

22. The compound of Claim 21 thatis (+)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2- ₅ d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrîmidine-2,4(1H,3W)-dione, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof,

23. The compound of Claim 21 that is (-)-1,5-dimethyl-6-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[3,2d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3/7)-dione, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

10 24. The compound of Claim 21 that is 4-[3-chloro-4-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidin-5yl)phenoxyjthieno[3,2-d]pyrimîdine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

25. The compound of Claim 21 that is 6-methyl-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4-carbonitrile, ENT-1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

1g 26. The compound of Claim 21 that is 6-methyI-5-[2-methyl-4-(thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7yloxy)phenyl]pyrimidine-4-carbonitrile, ENT-2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

27. The compound of Claim 21 that is 2-(4,6-dimethylpyrimidïn-5-yl)-5-(thieno[2,3c]pyridin-7-yloxy)benzonitrile; or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof.

20 28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of Claims 5 to

27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

29. A compound of any of Claims 5 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable sait thereof, for use in a method of treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder selected ₂₅ from schizophrenia (e.g,, cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrénie), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive impairment [e.g,, cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia, cognitive impairment associated with AD, cognitive

199 impairment associated with PD, cognitive impairment associated with pharmacotherapy therapy (e.g., D2 antagonisttherapy)], attention déficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), impulsivity, compulsive gambling, overeating, autîsm spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive décliné, dementia (e.g., senile dementia, HIVassociated dementia, Alzheimer’s dementia, Lewy body dementia, vascular dementia, or frontotemporal dementia), restless leg syndrome (RLS), Parkinson’s disease, Huntington's chorea, anxiety, dépréssion (e.g., age-related dépréssion), major dépressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumaticstress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, drug abuse relapse, Tourette's syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, excessive daytime sleepiness, cachexia, inattention, sexuai dysfunction (e.g., erectile dysfonction or post-SSRI sexual dysfonction), migraine, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), hyperglycemia, atherosclerosis, dislipidemia, obesity, diabètes, sepsis, post-ischemic tubular necrosis, rénal failure, hyponatremia, résistant edema, narcolepsy, hypertension, congestive heart failure, postoperative ocular hypotonia, sleep disorders, and pain.

30. Use of a compound of any of Claims 5 to 27 in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition.

31. The use of Claim 30, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is for treating a D1mediated (or D1-associated) disorder selected from schizophrenia (e.g., cognitive and négative symptoms in schizophrenia), schizotypal personality disorder, cognitive impairment [e.g., cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia, cognitive impairment associated with AD, cognitive impairment associated with PD, cognitive impairment associated with . pharmacotherapy therapy (e.g., D2 antagonist therapy)], attention déficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), impulsivity, compulsive gambling, overeating, autism spectrum disorder, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive décliné, dementia (e.g., senile dementia, HIV-associated dementia, Alzheimer's dementia, Lewy body dementia, vascular dementia, or frontotemporal dementia), restless leg syndrome (RLS), Parkinson’s disease, Huntington's ,₀ chorea, anxiety, dépréssion (e.g., age-related dépréssion), major dépressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant dépréssion (TRD), bipolar disorder, chronic apathy, anhedonia, chronic fatigue, post-traumatic stress disorder, seasonal affective disorder, social anxiety disorder, post-partum dépréssion, serotonin syndrome, substance abuse and drug dependence, drug abuse relapse, Tourette's syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, drowsiness, excessive daytime

2₅ sleepiness, cachexia, inattention, sexual dysfonction (e.g., erectile dysfunction or post-SSRI sexual dysfonction), migraine, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), hyperglycemia, atherosclerosis, dislipidemia, obesity, diabètes, sepsis, post-ischemic tubular necrosis, rénal failure, hyponatremia, résistant edema, narcolepsy, hypertension, congestive heart failure, postoperative ocular hypotonia, sleep disorders, and pain.

40 32. Use of a compound of Formula I as defined in any of Claims 1 to 4 in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for treating a D1-mediated (or D1-associated) disorder in a mammal.